2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1991 2011/05/15 04:28:16 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
10 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
11 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
12 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
13 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
14 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
15 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
16 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
17 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
18 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
19 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
20 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
21 versions the mail might have been queued up already
22 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
23 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
25 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
26 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
27 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
28 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
29 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
30 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
31 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
32 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
33 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
34 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
35 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
37 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
38 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
39 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
40 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
41 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
42 unparseable) address is specified.
43 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
44 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
45 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
46 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
47 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
48 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
49 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
50 found by Andy Fiddaman.
51 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
52 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
53 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
54 letter between the question marks. Patch from
56 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
57 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
59 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
60 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
62 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
63 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
64 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
65 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
66 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
67 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
68 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
69 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
71 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
73 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
74 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
75 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
76 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
77 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
78 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
79 could occur which might result in bogus characters
80 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
81 Pepperdine University.
82 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
83 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
84 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
85 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
86 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
87 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
88 Hubert of University of Washington.
89 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
90 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
91 to be happening on some Linux versions).
92 The process title was missing the current load average when
93 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
94 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
95 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
96 only some of them are processed.
97 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
98 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
100 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
101 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
102 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
103 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
104 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
105 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
106 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
107 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
108 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
109 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
110 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
111 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
112 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
113 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
114 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
115 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
116 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
117 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
118 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
119 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
120 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
121 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
122 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
123 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
124 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
125 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
127 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
128 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
129 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
130 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
131 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
132 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
133 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
134 University of Helsinki.
135 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
136 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
137 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
139 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
140 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
141 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
142 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
144 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
145 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
147 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
148 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
149 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
150 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
151 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
153 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
154 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
155 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
156 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
158 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
159 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
160 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
161 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
162 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
163 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
164 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
165 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
166 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
167 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
168 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
169 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
170 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
171 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
172 noted by Beth Halsema.
173 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
174 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
175 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
176 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
177 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
178 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
179 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
180 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
181 whether libmilter contains this fix.
182 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
183 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
185 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
186 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
187 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
188 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
189 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
191 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
194 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
195 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
196 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
197 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
198 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
199 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
200 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
201 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
202 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
203 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
205 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
206 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
207 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
208 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
209 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
211 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
212 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
213 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
214 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
215 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
216 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
217 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
218 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
219 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
220 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
221 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
222 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
223 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
224 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
225 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
226 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
227 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
228 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
229 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
230 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
231 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
232 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
233 than one LDAP server.
234 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
235 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
236 a system which does not have the compile time flag
237 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
238 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
239 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
240 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
241 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
242 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
243 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
244 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
245 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
246 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
248 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
249 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
250 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
252 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
253 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
254 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
255 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
256 from the version number, however, the returned value was
257 correct for the current libmilter version.
259 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
260 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
261 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
262 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
263 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
264 found by Andy Fiddaman.
265 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
266 could not be set in 8.14.0.
267 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
268 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
269 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
271 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
272 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
273 Science and Mathematics.
274 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
275 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
276 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
277 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
279 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
280 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
281 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
282 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
283 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
284 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
285 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
286 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
287 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
288 Patches from Bryan Costales.
290 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
291 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
292 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
293 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
294 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
297 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
299 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
301 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
302 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
303 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
305 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
306 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
307 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
308 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
310 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
311 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
313 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
314 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
315 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
316 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
317 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
318 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
319 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
320 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
321 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
322 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
323 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
324 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
325 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
326 Patch from Nik Clayton.
327 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
328 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
329 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
331 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
335 children MaxDaemonChildren
336 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
337 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
338 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
339 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
340 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
342 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
343 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
344 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
345 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
346 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
347 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
348 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
349 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
350 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
352 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
353 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
354 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
355 is a header address it also distinguishes between
356 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
358 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
359 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
360 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
361 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
362 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
363 slow down responding.
364 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
365 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
366 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
367 a file where to store the selected key.
368 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
369 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
370 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
371 connection is terminated immediately.
372 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
373 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
374 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
375 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
376 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
377 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
378 a query if it is too long.
379 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
380 to form the result of a lookup.
381 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
382 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
383 started by using "make check".
384 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
385 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
386 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
387 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
388 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
389 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
390 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
392 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
393 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
394 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
395 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
396 which may improve the communication performance on some
397 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
399 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
400 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
401 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
403 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
404 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
405 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
406 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
407 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
408 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
409 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
410 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
411 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
412 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
413 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
414 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
415 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
416 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
417 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
419 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
420 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
421 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
422 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
423 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
424 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
425 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
426 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
427 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
429 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
430 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
431 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
432 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
433 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
434 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
435 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
436 To:user@example.com RELAY
437 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
438 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
440 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
441 for the HELO/EHLO command.
442 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
443 messages by using those values as second argument.
444 Patches from Nelson Fung.
445 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
446 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
447 preceeded by a backslash.
448 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
449 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
450 the required installation directories.
451 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
452 executables (defaults to confCC).
453 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
454 has several changes which are listed below and documented
455 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
456 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
457 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
458 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
459 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
460 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
461 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
462 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
463 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
464 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
465 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
466 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
467 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
468 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
469 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
470 can act on the DATA command.
471 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
472 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
473 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
474 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
475 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
476 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
477 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
478 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
479 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
480 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
481 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
482 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
483 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
484 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
485 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
486 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
487 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
488 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
489 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
490 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
491 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
492 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
493 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
494 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
496 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
497 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
498 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
499 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
500 inserted, or replaced.
501 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
502 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
503 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
506 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
507 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
508 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
510 include/sm/sendmail.h
512 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
513 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
514 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
515 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
516 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
527 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
528 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
529 the server can erroneously report that there is
530 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
531 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
532 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
533 of University of Washington.
534 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
535 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
536 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
537 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
538 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
540 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
541 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
542 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
544 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
545 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
546 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
547 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
550 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
551 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
552 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
553 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
554 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
555 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
556 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
557 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
558 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
559 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
560 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
561 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
562 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
563 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
564 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
565 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
566 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
567 layer made in 8.13.6.
568 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
569 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
570 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
571 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
572 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
573 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
574 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
575 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
576 to avoid those false positives.
577 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
578 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
579 files were not removed.
580 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
581 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
582 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
583 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
584 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
585 either of these versions and compression is available,
586 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
587 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
588 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
589 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
590 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
591 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
592 but an argument must be specified.
594 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
595 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
597 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
598 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
599 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
600 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
601 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
602 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
603 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
604 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
605 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
606 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
607 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
608 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
609 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
610 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
611 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
612 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
613 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
614 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
615 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
616 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
617 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
618 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
619 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
620 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
621 A. Earickson of Colby College.
622 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
624 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
625 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
626 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
627 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
628 resume a stored TLS session.
629 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
630 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
631 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
632 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
633 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
635 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
636 This generates an error message from libmilter on
637 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
639 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
640 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
641 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
644 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
645 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
648 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
649 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
650 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
651 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
652 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
653 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
654 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
655 than the base directory.
656 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
657 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
658 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
660 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
661 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
662 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
663 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
664 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
665 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
667 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
668 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
669 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
670 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
671 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
672 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
673 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
674 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
675 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
676 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
677 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
678 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
679 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
680 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
681 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
682 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
684 Add support for AIX 5.3.
685 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
686 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
687 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
688 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
689 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
690 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
691 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
692 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
693 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
694 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
695 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
696 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
697 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
700 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
702 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
703 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
706 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
707 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
708 different error which could result in connections that
709 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
710 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
711 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
712 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
713 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
714 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
715 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
716 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
717 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
718 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
719 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
720 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
721 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
722 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
723 and bounce generation.
724 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
725 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
726 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
727 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
728 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
729 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
730 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
731 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
732 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
733 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
734 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
735 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
736 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
737 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
739 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
740 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
741 on patch by Brian Kantor.
742 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
743 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
744 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
746 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
747 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
748 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
749 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
750 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
751 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
752 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
753 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
754 University of Bremen.
760 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
761 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
763 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
764 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
765 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
766 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
767 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
768 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
769 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
770 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
771 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
772 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
774 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
775 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
776 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
777 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
778 Simple Nomad of BindView.
779 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
780 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
781 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
782 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
783 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
784 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
785 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
786 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
787 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
788 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
789 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
790 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
791 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
792 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
793 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
794 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
795 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
796 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
797 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
798 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
799 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
800 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
801 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
802 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
803 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
804 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
805 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
806 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
807 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
808 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
809 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
810 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
811 noted by Nelson Fung.
812 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
813 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
814 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
817 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
819 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
820 devtools/OS/DragonFly
821 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
825 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
826 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
827 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
828 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
829 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
830 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
831 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
832 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
833 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
834 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
836 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
837 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
838 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
839 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
840 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
841 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
842 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
843 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
844 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
845 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
846 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
847 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
848 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
849 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
850 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
852 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
853 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
855 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
856 noted by Geoff Adams.
857 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
858 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
859 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
860 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
861 incompatibilities with various *roff related
862 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
866 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
867 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
868 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
869 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
870 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
872 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
873 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
874 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
875 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
876 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
877 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
878 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
879 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
880 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
881 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
882 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
883 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
884 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
885 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
886 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
887 of cf/README for more information.
888 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
889 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
891 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
892 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
893 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
894 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
896 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
897 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
898 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
899 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
900 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
901 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
902 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
903 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
904 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
905 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
906 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
907 determines the length of the interval for which the
908 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
909 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
910 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
911 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
912 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
913 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
914 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
915 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
916 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
917 during that connection.
918 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
919 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
920 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
921 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
922 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
923 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
924 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
925 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
926 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
927 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
928 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
929 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
930 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
931 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
933 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
934 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
935 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
937 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
938 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
939 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
940 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
941 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
942 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
943 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
944 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
945 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
946 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
947 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
948 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
949 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
950 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
952 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
953 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
954 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
955 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
956 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
957 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
958 operates on lost queue items.
959 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
960 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
961 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
962 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
963 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
965 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
966 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
967 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
968 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
970 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
971 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
972 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
973 be used for the quarantine reason.
974 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
975 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
976 message if it is quarantined.
977 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
978 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
979 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
980 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
981 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
982 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
983 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
984 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
985 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
986 recipients received so far in a transaction.
987 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
988 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
989 noted by Kai Schlichting.
990 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
991 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
992 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
993 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
994 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
995 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
996 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
998 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
999 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1001 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1002 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1003 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1004 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1005 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1006 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1007 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1008 of the University of Manitoba.
1009 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1010 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1011 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1013 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1014 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1015 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1016 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1017 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1018 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1019 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1020 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1021 overwrite each other's pid files.
1022 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1023 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1024 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1025 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1026 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1027 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1028 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1029 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1030 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1031 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1032 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1033 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1034 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1035 of Sun Microsystems.
1036 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1037 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1038 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1039 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1040 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1041 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1042 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1043 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1044 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1045 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1046 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1047 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1048 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1049 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1050 further information.
1051 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1052 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1053 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1054 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1056 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1058 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1059 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1060 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1061 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1062 for DaemonPortOptions.
1063 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1064 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1065 of Northern Illinois University.
1066 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1067 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1068 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1069 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1070 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1071 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1072 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1073 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1074 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1075 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1076 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1077 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1078 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1079 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1080 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1081 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1082 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1083 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1084 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1085 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1087 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1088 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1089 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1090 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1091 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1093 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1094 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1095 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1096 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1097 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1098 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1099 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1100 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1101 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1103 Two new compile options have been added:
1104 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1105 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1106 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1107 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1108 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1109 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1110 programs to match locking techniques.
1111 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1112 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1113 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1114 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1115 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1116 Center for Scientific Computing.
1117 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1118 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1119 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1120 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1121 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1122 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1123 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1124 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1125 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1126 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1127 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1128 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1129 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1130 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1131 of Northern Illinois University.
1132 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1133 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1134 the message using the given reason.
1135 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1136 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1137 DNS records than just A.
1138 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1139 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1140 connections is maintained.
1141 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1142 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1143 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1144 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1145 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1146 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1147 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1148 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1149 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1150 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1151 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1152 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1153 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1154 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1155 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1156 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1157 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1158 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1159 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1160 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1161 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1162 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1163 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1164 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1165 to follow the naming conventions.
1166 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1168 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1170 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1171 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1172 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1173 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1175 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1176 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1177 status notifications.
1178 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1179 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1180 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1181 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1182 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1183 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1185 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1186 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1187 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1188 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1189 certificate revocations lists.
1190 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1191 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1192 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1193 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1194 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1195 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1196 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1197 for more information.
1198 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1199 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1200 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1201 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1202 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1203 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1204 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1205 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1206 of LifeLine Networks.
1207 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1209 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1210 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1211 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1212 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1213 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1214 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1215 Filters which use this function must include the
1216 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1217 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1218 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1219 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1220 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1221 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1222 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1223 resetting the timeout.
1224 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1225 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1226 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1227 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1228 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1229 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1230 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1231 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1232 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1233 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1234 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1235 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1236 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1237 from Bryan Costales.
1238 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1239 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1240 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1241 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1242 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1243 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1244 Informations Services.
1245 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1246 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1248 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1249 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1251 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1252 for the auto-response message.
1255 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1256 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1257 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1258 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1259 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1261 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1262 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1263 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1264 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1265 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1266 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1267 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1268 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1269 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1270 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1271 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1272 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1273 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1274 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1275 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1276 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1277 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1281 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1282 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1283 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1286 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1288 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1289 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1290 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1291 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1292 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1293 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1294 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1296 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1297 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1298 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1299 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1300 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1301 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1302 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1303 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1304 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1305 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1306 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1307 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1308 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1309 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1310 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1311 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1312 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1313 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1314 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1315 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1316 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1317 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1318 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1319 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1320 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1321 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1322 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1323 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1324 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1325 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1326 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1327 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1328 external application that accesses qf files.
1329 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1330 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1331 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1332 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1334 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1335 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1336 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1337 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1340 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1341 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1343 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1344 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1345 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1346 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1348 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1350 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1351 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1352 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1353 of Courtesan Consulting.
1354 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1355 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1356 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1357 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1358 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1359 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1360 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1361 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1362 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1363 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1364 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1365 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1366 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1367 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1368 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1369 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1370 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1371 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1372 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1373 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1374 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1375 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1376 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1377 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1378 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1379 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1380 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1381 to make sure they match.
1382 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1384 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1385 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1387 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1388 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1390 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1391 from Jerome Borsboom.
1392 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1393 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1394 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1395 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1396 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1397 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1398 after the close() and before the truncate().
1399 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1400 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1401 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1403 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1404 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1406 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1407 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1408 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1409 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1411 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1412 your Linux distribution, compile with
1413 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1417 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1418 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1419 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1420 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1421 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1422 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1424 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1425 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1426 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1427 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1428 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1429 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1430 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1431 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1432 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1433 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1434 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1435 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1436 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1437 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1438 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1440 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1441 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1442 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1443 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1444 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1445 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1446 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1447 text file instead of the database map.
1449 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1450 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1451 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1452 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1454 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1455 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1456 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1457 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1459 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1460 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1461 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1462 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1463 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1464 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1465 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1466 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1467 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1468 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1469 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1470 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1471 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1472 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1474 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1475 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1476 across various connections. This could cause session
1477 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1478 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1479 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1480 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1481 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1482 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1483 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1484 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1486 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1487 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1489 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1490 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1491 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1492 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1493 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1494 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1495 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1496 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1497 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1498 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1500 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1501 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1502 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1503 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1504 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1505 to be run even if Runners=0.
1506 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1507 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1508 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1509 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1510 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1511 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1512 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1513 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1514 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1515 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1516 by John Majikes of IBM.
1517 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1518 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1519 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1520 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1521 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1522 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1523 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1524 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1525 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1526 noted by Matthias Andree.
1527 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1528 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1530 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1531 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1532 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1533 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1534 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1535 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1536 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1537 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1538 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1539 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1540 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1541 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1542 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1543 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1544 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1546 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1547 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1548 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1549 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1550 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1551 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1552 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1553 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1554 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1555 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1556 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1558 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1559 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1560 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1561 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1562 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1563 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1565 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1567 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1568 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1569 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1570 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1571 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1572 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1573 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1574 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1575 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1577 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1578 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1579 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1580 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1586 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1587 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1588 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1589 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1590 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1591 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1592 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1593 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1594 Courtesan Consulting.
1595 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1596 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1597 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1598 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1599 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1600 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1601 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1602 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1603 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1604 Earickson of Colby College.
1605 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1606 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1607 Courtesan Consulting.
1608 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1609 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1610 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1611 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1612 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1613 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1615 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1616 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1617 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1618 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1619 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1620 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1621 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1622 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1623 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1624 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1625 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1626 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1628 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1629 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1630 fix from Scott Walters.
1631 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1632 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1633 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1634 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1635 NETISO support has been dropped.
1636 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1637 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1638 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1639 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1640 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1641 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1642 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1643 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1644 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1645 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1646 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1647 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1648 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1649 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1650 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1651 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1652 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1654 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1655 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1656 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1657 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1658 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1659 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1660 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1661 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1662 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1666 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1667 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1668 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1669 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1670 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1671 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1672 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1673 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1674 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1675 with rogue DNS servers.
1676 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1678 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1679 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1681 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1682 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1683 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1684 Polytechnic Institute.
1685 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1686 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1688 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1689 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1690 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1691 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1692 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1693 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1694 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1695 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1696 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1697 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1698 related programs to match locking techniques.
1700 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1701 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1702 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1703 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1704 section of the top level README for more information.
1705 Problem noted by lumpy.
1706 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1708 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1709 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1710 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1711 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1712 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1714 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1715 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1716 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1717 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1718 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1720 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1721 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1722 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1723 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1724 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1725 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1726 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1727 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1728 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1729 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1730 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1731 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1733 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1734 user who started sendmail.
1735 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1736 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1737 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1738 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1739 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1740 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1741 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1742 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1744 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1745 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1746 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1747 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1748 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1749 Charles University in Prague.
1750 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1752 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1753 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1754 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1755 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1756 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1757 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1758 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1759 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1760 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1761 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1762 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1763 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1764 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1765 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1766 noted by Bryan Costales.
1767 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1768 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1769 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1770 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1771 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1772 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1773 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1775 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1776 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1777 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1778 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1779 a user's filter starts other applications.
1780 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1781 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1782 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1783 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1784 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1785 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1786 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1787 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1788 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1789 noted by Bryan Costales.
1791 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1793 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1794 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1795 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1796 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1797 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1798 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1799 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1800 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1801 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1802 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1803 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1804 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1806 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1807 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1808 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1809 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1811 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1812 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1813 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1814 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1815 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1816 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1818 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1819 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1820 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1821 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1822 Northern Illinois University.
1823 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1824 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1826 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1827 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1828 Polytechnic Institute.
1829 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1830 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1831 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1832 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1833 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1834 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1835 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1836 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1837 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1838 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1839 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1841 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1842 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1843 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1844 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1845 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1846 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1847 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1848 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1849 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1850 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1851 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1852 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1853 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1854 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1855 of Concordia University.
1856 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1857 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1858 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1859 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1860 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1861 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1862 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1863 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1865 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1866 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1867 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1868 total number of TCP connections.
1869 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1870 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1871 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1872 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1873 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1874 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1875 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1877 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1879 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1880 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1881 patch by Bryan Costales.
1882 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1883 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1884 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1885 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1886 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1887 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1888 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1889 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1890 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1891 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1892 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1893 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1896 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1898 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1899 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1900 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1902 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1904 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1905 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1906 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1907 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1908 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1909 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1910 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1911 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1913 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1914 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1916 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1917 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1918 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1919 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1920 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1921 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1922 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1923 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1924 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1925 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1926 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1927 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1928 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1929 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1930 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1931 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1932 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1933 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1934 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1935 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1937 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1938 if queue groups are used.
1939 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1940 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1941 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1942 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1943 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1944 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1945 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1946 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1947 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1948 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1949 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1950 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1951 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1952 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1953 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1954 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1955 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1956 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1957 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1959 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1960 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1961 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1962 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1963 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1964 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1966 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1967 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1970 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1972 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1973 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1974 at startup, only log an error message.
1975 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1976 following -b) has been specified.
1977 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1978 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1979 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1980 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1981 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1983 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1984 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1985 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1986 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1987 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1988 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1989 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1990 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1991 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1992 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1993 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1994 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1995 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1996 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1997 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1999 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2000 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2002 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2003 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2004 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2005 Meteorological Institute.
2006 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2007 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2009 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2010 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2011 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2012 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2013 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2014 types, respectively.
2015 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2016 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2018 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2019 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2020 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2021 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2022 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2023 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2024 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2025 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2026 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2028 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2029 of Sun Microsystems.
2030 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2031 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2032 with servers that do not support realms when using
2033 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2034 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2035 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2036 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2037 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2038 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2039 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2040 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2041 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2042 instead of forcing localhost.
2043 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2044 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2045 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2046 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2047 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2048 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2049 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2050 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2051 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2052 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2053 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2054 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2055 Compaq Computer Corp.
2056 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2057 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2060 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2061 patch provided by HP.
2062 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2063 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2064 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2066 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2067 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2068 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2069 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2070 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2071 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2072 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2073 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2074 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2075 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2076 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2077 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2079 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2080 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2081 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2082 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2084 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2085 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2086 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2087 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2088 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2089 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2090 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2091 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2092 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2093 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2094 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2096 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2098 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2099 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2101 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2102 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2104 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2105 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2107 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2108 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2109 to free memory twice.
2110 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2111 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2112 of Sun Microsystems.
2113 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2114 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2115 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2116 University of Athens.
2118 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2119 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2120 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2124 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2127 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2128 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2129 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2130 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2131 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2132 found by Michal Zalewski.
2133 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2134 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2135 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2136 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2137 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2138 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2139 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2140 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2141 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2142 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2143 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2144 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2145 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2146 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2147 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2148 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2149 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2150 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2151 canonical name for a host.
2152 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2153 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2154 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2155 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2157 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2158 `uname` does not given complete information.
2159 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2161 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2162 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2163 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2164 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2165 Courtesan Consulting.
2166 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2167 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2168 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2169 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2170 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2171 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2172 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2174 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2175 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2176 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2177 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2178 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2180 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2181 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2182 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2192 include/sm/sysstat.h
2194 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2195 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2196 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2197 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2198 default). The installation process tries to install
2199 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2200 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2201 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2202 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2203 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2205 GroupWritableForwardFile
2206 WorldWritableForwardFile
2207 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2208 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2209 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2210 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2211 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2213 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2214 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2215 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2216 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2217 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2218 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2219 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2220 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2221 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2222 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2223 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2224 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2225 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2226 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2227 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2229 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2230 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2231 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2232 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2233 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2234 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2235 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2236 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2237 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2238 command has been removed.
2239 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2240 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2241 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2242 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2243 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2244 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2245 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2246 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2247 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2249 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2250 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2251 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2252 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2253 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2254 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2255 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2256 creation rather than just before delivery.
2257 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2258 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2259 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2260 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2261 preference matches (coattail).
2262 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2263 try other MX hosts if available.
2264 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2265 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2266 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2267 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2268 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2269 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2270 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2271 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2272 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2273 removed in future versions.
2274 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2275 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2276 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2277 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2278 doc/op/op.me for details.
2279 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2280 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2281 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2282 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2283 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2284 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2285 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2286 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2287 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2288 enough on a per recipient basis.
2289 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2291 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2293 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2294 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2295 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2296 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2297 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2298 really required. This change results in a noticable
2299 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2300 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2301 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2302 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2303 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2304 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2305 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2306 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2307 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2308 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2309 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2311 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2312 system each queue directory resides in.
2313 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2314 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2315 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2316 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2317 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2319 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2320 active queue runner processes.
2321 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2322 runners per queue group.
2323 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2324 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2325 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2326 of the queue that match during processing.
2327 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2328 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2329 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2330 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2331 persistent queue runner.
2332 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2333 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2335 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2336 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2337 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2338 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2339 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2340 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2341 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2342 of the qf file (older entries first).
2343 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2344 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2345 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2346 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2347 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2348 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2349 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2350 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2351 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2352 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2353 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2354 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2355 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2356 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2357 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2358 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2359 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2360 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2362 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2363 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2364 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2365 and the usual documentation for details.
2366 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2367 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2369 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2370 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2371 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2372 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2373 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2374 -r (number of retries).
2375 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2376 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2377 and value separated by the given separator.
2378 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2380 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2381 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2382 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2383 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2384 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2385 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2386 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2387 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2388 filenames with spaces).
2389 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2390 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2391 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2392 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2393 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2394 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2395 to the loopback net.
2396 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2397 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2398 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2399 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2400 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2401 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2402 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2403 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2404 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2405 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2407 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2408 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2409 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2410 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2411 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2412 load average is exceeded.
2413 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2414 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2415 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2416 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2417 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2418 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2419 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2420 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2422 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2423 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2424 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2425 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2426 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2427 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2428 for direct (command line) submissions.
2429 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2430 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2431 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2432 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2433 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2434 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2435 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2436 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2437 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2438 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2439 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2441 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2442 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2443 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2444 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2445 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2446 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2447 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2448 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2449 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2450 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2451 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2452 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2453 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2454 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2455 See libsm/index.html for details.
2456 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2457 care of by fork() and exit().
2458 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2459 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2460 new and old (from new libsm).
2461 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2462 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2463 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2464 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2465 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2466 synchronizations calls.
2467 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2468 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2469 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2470 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2471 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2472 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2474 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2475 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2476 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2477 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2478 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2479 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2480 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2481 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2482 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2483 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2484 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2485 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2486 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2487 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2488 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2489 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2490 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2491 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2492 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2493 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2494 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2495 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2496 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2497 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2499 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2500 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2501 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2502 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2504 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2505 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2506 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2508 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2509 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2510 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2511 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2512 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2513 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2514 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2515 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2516 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2518 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2519 the default schema used in the above two items.
2520 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2521 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2522 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2523 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2524 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2525 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2526 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2527 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2528 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2529 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2530 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2531 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2533 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2534 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2535 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2536 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2537 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2538 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2539 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2540 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2541 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2542 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2543 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2544 (verbose) command line option.
2545 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2546 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2547 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2548 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2549 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2550 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2551 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2552 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2553 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2554 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2555 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2556 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2557 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2559 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2560 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2561 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2562 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2563 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2565 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2567 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2568 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2569 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2570 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2571 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2572 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2573 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2574 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2576 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2577 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2578 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2580 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2581 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2582 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2583 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2584 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2585 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2586 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2587 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2588 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2589 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2590 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2591 Meteorological Institute.
2592 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2593 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2594 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2595 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2596 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2597 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2598 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2599 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2600 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2601 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2602 See sendmail/README for further information.
2603 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2604 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2605 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2606 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2607 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2608 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2609 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2610 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2611 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2612 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2615 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2616 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2617 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2618 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2619 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2620 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2621 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2622 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2623 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2624 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2625 Solaris 8 and later.
2626 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2627 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2628 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2629 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2630 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2631 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2632 temporary lookup failures.
2633 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2634 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2636 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2637 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2639 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2640 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2641 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2642 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2643 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2644 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2645 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2646 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2647 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2648 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2649 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2650 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2651 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2652 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2653 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2654 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2655 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2656 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2657 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2658 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2659 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2660 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2661 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2662 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2663 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2664 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2665 cf/README for details.
2666 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2667 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2668 University of Maryland.
2669 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2670 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2671 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2672 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2673 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2674 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2675 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2676 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2678 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2679 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2680 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2681 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2682 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2684 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2685 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2686 See cf/README for details.
2687 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2688 temporary lookup failures.
2689 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2690 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2691 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2693 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2694 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2695 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2696 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2697 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2698 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2699 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2700 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2701 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2702 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2703 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2704 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2705 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2706 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2707 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2708 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2709 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2710 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2711 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2712 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2714 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2715 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2716 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2718 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2719 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2720 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2721 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2722 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2723 recipients as user unknown.
2724 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2725 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2726 section of cf/README for more information.
2727 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2728 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2729 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2730 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2731 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2732 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2733 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2734 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2735 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2736 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2737 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2738 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2739 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2740 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2741 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2742 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2743 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2744 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2745 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2746 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2747 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2748 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2749 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2750 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2751 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2752 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2753 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2754 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2755 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2756 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2757 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2758 doc/op/op.me for details.
2759 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2760 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2761 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2762 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2764 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2765 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2766 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2767 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2768 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2769 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2770 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2771 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2772 This affects the access database as well as the
2773 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2774 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2775 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2776 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2777 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2778 Mississippi State University.
2779 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2780 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2781 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2782 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2783 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2784 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2785 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2786 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2787 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2788 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2789 systems which don't include cat directories.
2790 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2791 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2792 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2793 mailbox database type.
2794 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2795 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2796 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2797 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2798 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2799 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2800 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2801 instead of white space.
2802 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2803 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2804 Meteorological Institute.
2805 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2806 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2807 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2808 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2810 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2811 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2812 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2813 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2814 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2815 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2816 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2817 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2824 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2825 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2826 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2828 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2829 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2830 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2831 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2832 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2834 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2835 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2836 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2847 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2848 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2854 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2855 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2856 include/sendmail/useful.h
2857 libsmutil/errstring.c
2858 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2859 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2864 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2865 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2866 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2868 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2869 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2870 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2871 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2873 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2874 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2875 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2876 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2877 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2879 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2880 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2881 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2882 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2883 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2884 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2885 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2886 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2887 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2888 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2889 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2890 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2891 across various connections. This could cause session
2892 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2893 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2894 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2895 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2896 canonical name for a host.
2897 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2898 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2900 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2901 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2902 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2903 Polytechnic Institute.
2904 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2905 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2907 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2908 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2910 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2911 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2913 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2914 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2915 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2917 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2918 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2919 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2920 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2921 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2922 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2923 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2925 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2926 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2929 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2930 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2931 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2932 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2933 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2934 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2935 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2936 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2937 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2938 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2939 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2941 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2942 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2944 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2945 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2946 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2947 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2948 of SE Netway Communications.
2949 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2950 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2951 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2952 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2953 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2954 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2955 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2956 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2957 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2958 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2959 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2961 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2962 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2963 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2964 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2965 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2966 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2967 University at Albany.
2968 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2969 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2970 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2971 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2972 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2973 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2975 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2976 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2977 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2978 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2979 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2980 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2981 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2982 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2983 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2984 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2986 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2987 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2988 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2989 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2990 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2991 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2992 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2993 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2994 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2995 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2996 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2997 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2998 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2999 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3001 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3002 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3003 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3004 the same map again while exiting.
3005 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3006 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3008 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3009 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3010 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3011 Oklahoma State University.
3012 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3013 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3014 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3015 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3016 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3017 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3019 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3020 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3021 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3022 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3023 from Werner Wiethege.
3024 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3025 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3026 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3027 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3028 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3030 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3031 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3032 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3035 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3036 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3037 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3038 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3039 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3040 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3041 Meteorological Institute.
3042 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3043 since it generates random process ids.
3044 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3045 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3046 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3048 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3050 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3051 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3052 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3053 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3054 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3055 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3056 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3057 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3058 communications consulting gmbh.
3059 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3060 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3061 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3062 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3063 connection came in from the command line.
3064 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3065 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3066 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3067 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3068 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3069 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3070 when they were committed.
3071 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3072 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3073 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3074 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3075 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3076 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3077 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3078 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3080 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3081 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3083 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3084 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3085 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3086 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3088 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3089 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3090 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3092 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3093 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3094 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3095 University of New Brunswick.
3097 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3098 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3099 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3100 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3101 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3102 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3103 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3104 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3105 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3106 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3107 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3108 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3109 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3110 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3111 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3112 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3113 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3114 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3115 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3117 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3118 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3119 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3120 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3121 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3123 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3125 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3126 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3127 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3128 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3129 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3130 Schools" project (IdS).
3131 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3132 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3133 be enabled by compiling with:
3134 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3135 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3136 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3137 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3138 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3139 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3140 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3141 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3143 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3144 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3145 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3146 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3147 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3148 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3149 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3150 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3152 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3154 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3155 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3156 the Universitat Regensburg.
3157 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3158 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3159 University of Arizona.
3160 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3161 of Collective Technologies.
3162 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3163 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3164 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3166 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3167 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3168 Meteorological Institute.
3169 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3170 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3171 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3172 Meteorological Institute.
3173 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3174 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3175 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3176 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3177 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3178 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3179 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3180 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3181 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3182 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3183 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3184 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3185 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3188 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3189 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3190 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3191 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3192 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3193 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3195 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3196 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3197 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3198 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3200 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3201 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3202 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3204 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3205 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3206 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3207 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3208 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3209 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3210 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3211 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3212 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3213 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3215 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3216 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3217 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3218 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3219 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3220 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3222 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3223 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3224 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3225 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3226 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3227 of Kyoto University.
3228 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3229 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3230 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3231 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3233 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3234 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3235 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3236 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3237 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3241 contrib/buildvirtuser
3244 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3245 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3246 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3247 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3248 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3249 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3250 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3251 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3252 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3254 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3255 process may close the connection before the child process
3256 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3257 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3258 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3259 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3260 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3261 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3262 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3263 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3264 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3265 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3266 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3268 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3269 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3270 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3271 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3272 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3273 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3274 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3275 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3276 Fournier of Acadia University.
3277 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3278 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3279 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3280 one of the others may be able to take over.
3281 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3282 previous load average query result.
3283 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3284 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3285 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3286 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3287 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3288 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3289 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3290 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3291 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3292 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3293 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3294 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3295 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3296 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3297 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3298 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3299 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3300 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3301 University of British Columbia.
3303 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3304 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3305 override the setting. Suggested by
3306 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3307 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3308 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3309 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3310 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3311 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3313 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3315 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3316 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3317 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3318 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3319 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3320 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3321 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3323 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3324 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3325 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3326 errors in the MAIL address.
3327 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3328 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3329 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3330 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3331 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3332 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3333 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3335 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3336 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3337 mailer as described in cf/README.
3338 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3339 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3340 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3341 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3342 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3344 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3345 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3346 Meteorological Institute.
3347 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3348 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3349 dot as the only character on the line.
3351 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3353 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3354 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3355 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3356 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3357 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3358 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3359 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3360 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3361 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3362 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3363 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3364 Systems in this category should compile with
3365 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3366 system and report broken implementations to
3367 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3368 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3369 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3370 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3371 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3372 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3373 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3374 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3375 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3376 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3377 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3378 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3379 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3380 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3382 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3383 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3384 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3385 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3386 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3388 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3390 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3391 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3392 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3394 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3395 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3396 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3397 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3398 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3399 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3400 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3401 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3402 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3403 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3404 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3405 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3406 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3407 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3408 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3409 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3410 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3411 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3412 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3413 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3414 of Sun Microsystems.
3415 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3416 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3417 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3418 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3419 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3421 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3422 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3424 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3425 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3426 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3427 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3428 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3429 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3430 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3431 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3432 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3433 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3434 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3435 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3436 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3437 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3438 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3439 of Northern Illinois University.
3440 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3441 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3442 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3444 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3445 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3446 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3448 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3449 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3450 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3451 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3452 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3453 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3454 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3455 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3456 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3457 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3458 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3459 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3460 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3461 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3462 G. Thomas Consulting.
3463 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3465 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3466 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3467 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3468 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3469 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3470 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3471 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3472 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3473 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3474 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3475 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3476 University of Mainz.
3477 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3478 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3479 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3480 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3482 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3483 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3484 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3485 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3486 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3487 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3488 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3489 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3490 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3491 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3492 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3493 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3494 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3495 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3496 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3497 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3498 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3499 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3500 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3501 confCACERT CACERTFile
3502 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3503 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3504 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3505 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3506 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3507 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3508 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3509 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3510 cf/README for more information.
3511 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3512 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3513 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3514 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3515 instead of temporary.
3516 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3517 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3518 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3520 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3521 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3523 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3524 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3525 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3526 University of Maryland.
3527 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3528 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3529 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3530 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3531 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3532 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3533 of the University of Alberta.
3534 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3535 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3536 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3537 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3538 of X.509 certificates.
3539 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3540 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3541 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3542 Universitat Regensburg.
3543 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3544 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3545 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3546 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3547 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3548 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3549 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3550 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3551 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3552 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3553 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3554 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3555 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3556 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3558 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3559 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3561 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3563 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3564 Denman Tire Corporation.
3565 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3566 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3567 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3568 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3569 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3570 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3571 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3572 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3574 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3575 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3579 contrib/link_hash.sh
3580 contrib/movemail.conf
3582 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3585 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3586 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3587 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3588 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3589 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3590 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3591 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3592 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3596 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3597 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3598 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3599 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3600 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3601 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3602 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3603 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3604 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3605 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3606 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3607 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3608 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3609 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3610 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3611 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3612 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3613 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3614 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3615 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3617 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3618 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3619 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3620 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3621 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3622 Polytechnic Institute.
3623 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3624 discards the message.
3625 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3626 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3627 attempted to the alias.
3628 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3631 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3632 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3633 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3634 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3635 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3636 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3637 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3638 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3639 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3640 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3641 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3642 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3643 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3644 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3646 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3647 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3648 Courtesan Consulting.
3649 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3650 Siemens Business Services.
3651 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3652 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3654 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3655 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3656 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3657 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3658 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3659 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3660 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3662 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3663 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3664 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3665 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3666 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3668 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3669 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3671 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3672 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3674 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3675 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3676 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3677 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3678 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3679 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3681 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3682 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3683 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3684 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3686 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3687 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3688 Northern Illinois University.
3689 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3690 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3691 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3692 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3693 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3694 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3695 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3696 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3697 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3699 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3700 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3702 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3703 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3708 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3709 *************************************************************
3710 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3711 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3712 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3713 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3714 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3715 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3716 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3717 * coach, and a friend. *
3719 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3720 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3721 * Julie, we miss you! *
3722 *************************************************************
3723 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3724 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3725 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3726 symbolic link target.
3727 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3728 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3729 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3730 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3731 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3732 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3733 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3734 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3735 version of sendmail.
3736 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3737 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3738 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3740 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3741 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3742 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3743 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3744 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3745 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3746 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3747 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3748 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3749 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3750 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3751 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3752 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3753 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3754 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3755 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3756 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3757 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3758 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3759 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3760 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3761 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3762 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3763 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3764 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3765 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3766 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3767 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3768 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3769 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3770 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3771 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3772 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3773 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3774 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3775 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3776 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3777 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3778 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3779 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3780 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3782 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3783 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3784 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3785 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3786 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3787 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3788 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3789 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3790 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3791 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3793 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3794 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3795 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3796 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3797 a control socket request.
3798 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3800 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3801 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3802 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3803 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3804 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3805 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3806 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3807 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3808 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3809 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3811 Timeout.resolver.retry
3812 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3813 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3814 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3815 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3816 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3817 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3818 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3819 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3820 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3822 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3823 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3824 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3825 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3826 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3827 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3828 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3829 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3830 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3831 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3832 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3833 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3834 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3835 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3836 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3837 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3838 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3839 Telecommunications Ltd.
3840 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3841 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3842 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3843 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3845 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3846 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3847 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3848 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3849 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3850 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3851 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3852 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3853 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3854 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3855 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3856 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3857 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3858 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3859 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3860 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3861 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3862 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3863 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3864 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3866 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3867 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3868 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3869 example mailer might be:
3870 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3871 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3872 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3873 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3874 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3876 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3877 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3878 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3879 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3880 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3882 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3883 body of the original message on delivery status
3885 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3886 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3887 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3888 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3889 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3890 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3891 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3892 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3893 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3894 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3895 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3896 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3897 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3898 Conwell of Boston University.
3899 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3900 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3901 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3902 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3904 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3905 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3906 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3907 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3908 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3909 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3910 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3911 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3912 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3913 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3914 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3915 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3916 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3917 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3918 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3919 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3921 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3922 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3923 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3924 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3926 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3927 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3929 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3930 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3931 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3932 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3933 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3934 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3935 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3936 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3937 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3939 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3940 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3941 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3942 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3943 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3944 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3945 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3946 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3947 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3948 a denial-of-service attack.
3949 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3950 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3951 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3953 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3955 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3956 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3957 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3958 directly before the newline.
3959 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3960 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3961 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3962 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3963 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3964 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3965 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3966 could not be opened.
3967 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3968 value of this option is macro expanded.
3969 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3970 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3971 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3972 (along with the already existing macros):
3973 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3974 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3975 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3976 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3977 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3978 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3979 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3980 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3981 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3982 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3983 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3985 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3986 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3987 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3988 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3989 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3990 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3991 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3992 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3993 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3994 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3995 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3996 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3997 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3998 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3999 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4000 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4001 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4002 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4003 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4004 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4006 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4007 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4008 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4010 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4011 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4012 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4013 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4014 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4015 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4016 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4017 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4018 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4019 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4020 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4021 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4022 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4023 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4024 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4025 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4026 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4027 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4028 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4030 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4031 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4032 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4033 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4034 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4035 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4036 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4037 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4038 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4039 David Cooley of Colby College.
4040 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4041 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4042 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4043 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4044 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4045 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4046 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4047 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4048 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4049 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4050 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4051 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4052 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4053 of Stanford University.
4054 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4055 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4056 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4057 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4058 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4059 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4060 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4061 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4062 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4063 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4064 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4065 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4066 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4067 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4068 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4069 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4070 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4071 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4072 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4073 comma separated key and value strings.
4074 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4075 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4076 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4077 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4078 a single connection to that host.
4079 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4080 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4082 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4084 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4085 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4086 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4087 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4088 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4089 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4090 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4091 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4092 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4093 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4094 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4095 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4096 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4098 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4099 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4100 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4101 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4103 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4104 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4105 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4106 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4107 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4108 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4110 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4111 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4113 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4114 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4115 important if you have large classes.
4116 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4117 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4118 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4119 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4120 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4121 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4122 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4123 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4124 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4125 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4126 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4127 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4128 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4129 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4130 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4131 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4132 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4133 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4134 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4135 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4136 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4138 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4139 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4140 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4141 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4142 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4143 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4144 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4145 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4146 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4147 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4148 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4149 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4150 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4151 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4153 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4154 information (from= syslog line).
4155 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4157 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4158 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4159 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4160 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4161 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4162 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4163 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4164 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4165 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4166 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4167 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4168 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4169 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4170 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4171 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4172 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4173 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4174 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4175 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4176 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4177 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4178 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4179 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4180 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4181 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4182 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4183 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4184 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4186 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4187 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4188 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4189 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4190 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4191 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4192 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4193 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4194 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4195 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4196 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4197 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4198 length before the attempt.
4199 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4200 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4201 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4202 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4203 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4204 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4205 host status files, not all files.
4206 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4207 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4208 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4210 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4211 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4212 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4213 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4215 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4216 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4217 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4218 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4219 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4220 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4221 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4222 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4224 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4225 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4226 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4227 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4228 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4229 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4230 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4231 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4232 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4233 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4234 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4235 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4236 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4237 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4239 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4240 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4241 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4242 if referencing a named ruleset.
4243 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4244 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4245 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4246 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4247 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4248 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4249 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4250 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4251 the University of Maryland.
4252 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4253 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4254 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4255 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4256 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4257 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4259 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4260 but for outgoing connections.
4261 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4262 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4263 a require authentication
4264 b bind to interface through which mail has
4266 c perform hostname canonification
4267 f require fully qualified hostname
4268 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4270 C don't perform hostname canonification
4271 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4272 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4273 h use name of interface for HELO command
4274 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4275 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4276 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4277 Institutes of Health.
4278 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4279 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4280 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4281 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4282 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4283 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4284 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4285 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4286 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4287 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4288 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4289 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4290 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4291 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4292 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4293 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4294 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4295 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4296 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4297 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4298 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4299 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4300 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4301 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4302 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4303 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4304 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4305 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4306 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4307 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4309 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4310 interface address structure when loading the system network
4311 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4313 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4314 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4315 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4316 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4317 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4318 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4320 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4321 Northern Illinois University.
4322 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4323 envelope splitting has occurred.
4324 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4325 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4326 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4327 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4328 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4329 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4331 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4332 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4333 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4334 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4335 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4336 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4337 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4338 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4339 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4340 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4341 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4342 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4343 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4344 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4345 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4346 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4347 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4348 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4349 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4350 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4351 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4352 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4353 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4354 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4355 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4356 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4358 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4359 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4360 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4361 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4362 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4363 ruleset lines as well.
4364 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4365 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4366 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4367 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4369 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4370 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4371 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4372 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4373 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4374 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4375 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4376 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4377 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4378 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4380 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4381 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4382 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4383 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4384 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4385 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4386 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4387 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4388 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4389 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4390 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4391 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4392 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4393 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4394 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4395 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4397 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4398 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4399 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4401 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4402 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4403 them in the .cf file.
4404 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4405 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4406 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4407 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4408 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4409 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4410 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4411 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4412 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4413 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4414 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4415 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4416 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4417 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4418 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4419 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4420 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4421 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4422 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4423 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4424 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4425 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4426 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4427 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4428 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4429 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4430 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4431 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4432 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4433 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4434 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4435 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4436 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4437 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4438 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4439 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4440 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4441 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4442 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4443 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4444 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4445 don't fail on ANY queries.
4446 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4447 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4448 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4449 Northern Illinois University.
4450 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4451 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4453 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4454 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4455 Northern Illinois University.
4456 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4457 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4458 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4460 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4461 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4462 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4463 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4464 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4465 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4466 This allows network interface probing to work
4467 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4469 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4470 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4471 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4473 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4474 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4476 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4477 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4479 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4480 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4481 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4482 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4483 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4484 in building the operating system. Users can
4485 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4486 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4487 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4488 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4489 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4490 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4491 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4492 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4493 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4494 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4495 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4496 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4497 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4498 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4499 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4500 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4501 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4502 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4503 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4504 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4505 use that value in conf.h.
4506 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4508 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4509 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4510 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4512 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4513 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4515 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4516 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4517 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4519 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4520 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4521 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4523 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4525 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4526 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4527 Siemens Business Services.
4528 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4529 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4530 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4531 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4532 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4533 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4534 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4536 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4537 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4538 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4539 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4540 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4541 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4542 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4544 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4545 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4546 Technology Information Network.
4547 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4548 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4549 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4550 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4552 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4553 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4554 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4555 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4556 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4557 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4559 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4560 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4561 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4562 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4563 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4564 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4565 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4566 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4567 Courtesan Consulting.
4568 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4569 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4570 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4571 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4572 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4573 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4575 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4576 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4578 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4579 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4580 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4581 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4583 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4584 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4585 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4586 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4587 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4588 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4589 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4590 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4591 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4592 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4593 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4594 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4595 confPID_FILE PidFile
4596 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4597 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4598 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4599 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4600 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4601 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4602 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4603 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4604 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4605 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4606 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4607 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4608 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4609 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4610 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4611 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4612 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4613 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4615 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4616 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4617 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4618 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4619 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4620 value should be changed with care.
4621 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4622 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4623 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4624 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4626 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4627 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4629 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4630 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4631 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4632 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4633 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4634 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4635 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4636 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4637 of Northern Illinois University.
4638 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4639 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4640 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4641 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4642 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4644 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4646 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4647 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4648 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4649 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4650 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4652 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4653 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4654 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4655 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4656 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4657 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4658 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4659 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4660 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4661 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4662 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4663 Hubert of University of Washington.
4664 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4665 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4666 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4667 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4668 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4669 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4670 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4671 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4672 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4674 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4675 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4677 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4678 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4679 University and Brian Candler.
4680 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4681 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4682 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4683 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4685 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4686 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4687 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4688 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4689 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4690 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4691 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4692 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4693 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4694 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4695 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4696 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4697 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4698 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4699 converted to <user@d>
4700 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4701 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4702 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4703 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4705 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4706 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4707 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4709 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4710 be accessed by their numbers).
4711 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4712 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4714 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4715 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4716 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4717 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4718 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4719 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4720 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4721 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4722 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4723 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4724 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4725 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4727 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4728 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4729 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4730 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4731 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4732 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4733 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4734 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4735 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4736 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4737 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4738 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4739 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4740 University of California at Berkeley.
4741 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4742 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4743 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4744 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4745 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4747 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4748 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4749 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4751 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4752 be used for building.
4753 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4754 used for a fresh build.
4755 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4756 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4758 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4759 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4760 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4761 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4763 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4764 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4765 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4766 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4767 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4768 of Siemens Business Services.
4769 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4770 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4771 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4773 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4774 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4775 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4776 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4777 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4778 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4779 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4780 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4781 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4782 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4783 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4784 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4785 are in devtools/README.
4786 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4787 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4788 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4789 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4790 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4791 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4792 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4793 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4795 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4796 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4797 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4798 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4799 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4801 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4802 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4804 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4805 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4806 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4807 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4808 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4810 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4811 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4812 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4813 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4814 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4815 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4816 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4817 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4818 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4819 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4820 install-strip target.
4821 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4822 the others (if it exists).
4823 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4824 then the default ones.
4825 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4826 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4827 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4829 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4830 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4831 Northern Illinois University.
4832 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4833 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4834 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4835 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4836 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4837 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4839 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4840 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4841 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4843 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4844 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4845 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4846 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4847 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4848 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4849 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4851 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4852 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4853 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4854 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4855 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4856 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4857 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4858 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4859 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4860 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4861 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4862 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4863 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4864 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4865 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4866 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4867 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4868 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4869 timeout to avoid starvation.
4870 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4871 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4872 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4873 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4874 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4875 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4876 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4878 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4879 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4880 sendmail configuration file.
4881 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4882 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4884 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4885 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4886 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4887 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4888 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4889 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4890 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4891 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4892 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4894 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4895 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4896 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4897 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4898 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4899 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4900 Institute for Global Communications.
4901 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4902 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4903 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4904 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4905 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4906 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4907 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4908 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4909 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4910 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4911 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4912 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4913 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4914 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4916 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4917 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4918 which execute the actual Build script in
4920 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4921 -mandoc as they were previously.
4922 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4923 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4924 required for Build).
4932 Renamed Directories:
4933 BuildTools => devtools
4937 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4938 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4944 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4945 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4946 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4948 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4949 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4950 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4951 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4955 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4956 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4957 contrib/domainmap.m4
4960 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4962 devtools/M4/string.m4
4963 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4964 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4967 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4968 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4970 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4978 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4979 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4982 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4983 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4989 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4990 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4991 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4992 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4993 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4994 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4995 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4996 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4997 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4999 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5001 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5002 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5003 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5004 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5005 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5006 Schools" project (IdS).
5007 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5008 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5009 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5010 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5011 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5012 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5013 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5014 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5015 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5016 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5017 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5018 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5019 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5020 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5021 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5022 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5023 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5024 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5025 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5026 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5027 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5028 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5029 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5030 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5031 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5032 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5033 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5034 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5035 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5036 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5037 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5038 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5039 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5042 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5043 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5044 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5045 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5046 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5047 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5048 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5049 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5050 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5051 Technical University of Denmark.
5052 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5053 Supercomputer Center.
5054 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5055 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5056 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5057 of Stanford University.
5058 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5059 between different releases. Back out the
5060 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5061 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5062 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5063 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5064 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5066 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5067 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5068 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5070 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5071 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5072 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5073 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5074 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5075 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5076 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5077 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5078 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5079 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5080 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5081 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5082 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5085 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5086 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5087 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5089 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5090 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5091 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5092 for a denial of service attack.
5093 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5094 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5095 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5096 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5098 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5099 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5100 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5101 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5102 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5103 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5104 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5105 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5107 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5108 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5109 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5110 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5111 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5112 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5113 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5114 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5115 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5116 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5117 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5118 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5119 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5120 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5121 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5122 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5123 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5124 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5126 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5127 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5128 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5129 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5130 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5131 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5132 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5133 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5134 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5135 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5136 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5137 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5139 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5140 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5141 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5142 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5143 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5144 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5145 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5146 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5147 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5148 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5149 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5150 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5151 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5153 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5154 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5155 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5156 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5157 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5158 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5159 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5160 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5161 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5162 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5163 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5164 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5165 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5166 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5167 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5168 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5169 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5170 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5171 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5172 Meteorological Institute.
5173 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5174 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5175 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5177 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5178 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5179 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5180 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5181 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5182 reading network interface addresses into
5183 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5184 Cal State University, Chico.
5185 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5186 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5187 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5188 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5189 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5190 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5191 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5192 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5193 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5194 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5195 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5196 of Sun Microsystems.
5197 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5198 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5199 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5201 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5202 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5203 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5205 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5206 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5208 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5209 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5211 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5212 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5213 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5214 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5215 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5216 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5217 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5218 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5219 Manawatu Internet Services.
5220 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5221 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5222 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5223 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5224 of Northern Illinois University.
5225 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5226 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5228 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5230 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5231 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5232 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5233 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5234 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5235 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5236 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5237 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5238 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5239 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5240 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5241 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5242 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5243 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5244 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5245 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5246 the envelope From header.
5247 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5248 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5249 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5250 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5251 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5252 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5253 Portal Services, Inc.
5254 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5255 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5257 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5259 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5260 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5261 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5262 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5265 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5266 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5267 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5268 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5269 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5270 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5271 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5272 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5273 Meteorological Institute.
5274 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5275 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5276 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5277 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5278 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5279 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5280 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5281 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5282 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5283 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5284 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5285 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5286 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5287 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5288 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5289 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5290 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5291 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5292 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5293 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5295 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5296 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5297 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5298 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5299 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5300 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5301 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5302 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5303 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5304 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5305 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5306 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5307 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5308 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5309 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5310 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5312 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5313 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5314 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5315 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5316 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5317 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5319 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5320 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5321 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5322 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5323 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5325 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5326 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5328 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5329 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5330 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5332 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5333 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5334 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5335 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5336 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5337 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5338 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5339 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5340 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5341 would not accept @@hostname.
5342 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5343 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5344 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5345 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5346 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5348 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5350 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5351 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5352 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5353 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5354 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5355 which need the ability to override security can use the
5356 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5358 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5359 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5360 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5361 world writable directories.
5362 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5363 it is in a world writable directory.
5364 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5365 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5366 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5367 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5368 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5369 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5370 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5371 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5372 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5373 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5374 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5375 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5376 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5377 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5378 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5380 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5381 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5382 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5383 the University of Maryland.
5384 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5385 of Cal State University, Chico.
5386 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5387 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5388 current version of Berkeley DB.
5389 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5390 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5391 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5392 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5394 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5395 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5396 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5398 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5399 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5400 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5401 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5402 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5403 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5404 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5405 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5406 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5407 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5408 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5409 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5410 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5411 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5412 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5413 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5414 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5415 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5416 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5417 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5418 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5419 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5420 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5421 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5422 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5423 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5424 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5425 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5426 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5427 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5428 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5429 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5431 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5432 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5433 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5434 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5435 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5436 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5437 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5438 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5439 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5440 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5441 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5442 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5443 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5444 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5445 sender for those failures.
5446 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5447 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5448 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5449 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5451 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5452 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5453 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5454 of Procter & Gamble.
5455 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5456 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5457 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5458 of Procter & Gamble.
5459 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5460 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5461 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5462 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5463 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5466 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5467 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5468 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5469 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5470 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5471 GroupWritableAliasFile
5472 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5473 WorldWritableAliasFile
5474 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5475 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5476 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5477 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5478 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5479 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5481 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5482 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5483 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5484 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5485 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5486 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5487 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5488 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5491 WriteStatsToHardLink
5493 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5495 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5496 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5497 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5498 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5499 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5500 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5501 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5502 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5503 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5504 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5505 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5506 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5507 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5508 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5509 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5510 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5511 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5512 contrast to the success case).
5513 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5516 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5517 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5518 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5519 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5520 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5522 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5523 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5524 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5525 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5526 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5527 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5528 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5529 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5530 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5531 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5532 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5533 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5534 remote identity can be queried.
5535 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5536 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5537 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5538 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5539 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5540 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5541 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5542 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5543 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5544 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5545 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5546 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5547 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5548 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5549 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5550 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5551 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5552 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5553 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5554 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5555 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5556 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5557 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5558 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5559 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5560 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5561 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5562 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5563 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5564 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5565 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5566 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5567 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5568 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5569 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5570 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5571 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5572 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5573 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5574 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5575 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5576 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5577 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5578 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5579 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5580 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5581 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5583 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5585 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5586 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5587 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5588 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5589 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5590 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5591 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5592 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5594 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5595 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5596 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5598 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5599 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5600 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5601 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5602 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5603 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5604 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5605 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5607 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5608 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5609 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5610 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5611 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5612 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5613 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5614 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5615 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5616 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5617 currently supported version.
5618 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5619 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5620 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5621 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5622 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5623 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5624 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5625 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5626 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5627 message in error bounces.
5628 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5629 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5630 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5632 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5633 of Kyoto University.
5634 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5635 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5637 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5638 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5640 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5641 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5642 the University of Maryland.
5643 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5644 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5645 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5646 Meteorological Institute.
5647 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5648 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5649 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5650 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5651 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5652 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5653 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5654 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5655 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5656 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5657 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5658 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5659 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5660 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5662 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5663 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5664 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5665 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5666 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5667 directory for certain programs.
5668 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5669 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5670 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5671 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5672 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5673 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5674 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5675 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5676 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5677 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5678 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5679 the user to setup different .forward files for
5680 user+detail addressing.
5681 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5682 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5683 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5684 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5685 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5686 outside your domain).
5687 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5688 any site to any site.
5689 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5690 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5691 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5692 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5693 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5694 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5695 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5696 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5697 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5698 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5699 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5700 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5701 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5702 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5703 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5705 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5706 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5707 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5708 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5709 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5710 needed for most installations.
5711 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5712 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5713 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5714 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5715 the University of Maryland.
5716 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5717 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5718 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5719 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5720 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5721 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5722 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5723 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5724 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5725 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5726 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5727 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5728 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5729 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5730 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5731 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5732 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5733 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5734 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5735 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5736 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5737 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5738 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5739 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5740 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5741 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5742 above for more information.
5743 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5744 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5745 Meteorological Institute.
5746 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5747 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5748 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5749 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5750 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5751 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5752 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5753 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5754 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5755 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5756 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5757 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5758 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5759 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5760 CMU (now of Netscape).
5761 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5762 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5763 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5764 read mail.local/README.
5765 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5766 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5767 University of Maryland.
5768 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5770 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5771 Meteorological Institute.
5772 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5773 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5774 University of Maryland.
5775 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5776 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5777 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5778 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5779 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5780 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5782 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5783 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5784 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5786 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5787 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5788 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5790 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5791 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5792 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5793 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5794 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5795 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5796 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5797 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5798 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5799 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5800 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5801 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5802 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5803 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5804 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5806 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5807 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5809 BuildTools/Site/README
5810 BuildTools/bin/Build
5811 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5812 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5813 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5816 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5817 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5818 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5819 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5820 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5821 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5822 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5823 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5825 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5826 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5827 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5828 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5830 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5832 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5835 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5839 praliases/Makefile.m4
5849 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5851 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5853 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5855 makemap/Makefile.dist
5857 praliases/Makefile.dist
5862 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5863 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5864 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5868 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5869 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5870 src/READ_ME => src/README
5872 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5873 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5874 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5875 Meteorological Institute.
5876 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5877 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5878 Arseneault of SRI International.
5879 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5880 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5881 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5882 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5883 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5884 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5885 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5886 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5887 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5888 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5889 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5891 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5892 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5893 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5894 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5895 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5896 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5897 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5898 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5899 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5900 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5901 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5902 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5903 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5904 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5905 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5906 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5907 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5908 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5909 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5910 results during a single message processing (but would
5911 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5912 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5913 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5914 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5915 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5916 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5917 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5918 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5919 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5920 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5921 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5922 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5923 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5924 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5925 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5926 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5927 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5928 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5929 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5931 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5932 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5933 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5934 could cause confusing error messages.
5935 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5936 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5937 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5938 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5940 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5941 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5942 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5943 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5944 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5945 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5946 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5948 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5949 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5950 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5951 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5952 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5953 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5954 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5955 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5957 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5958 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5959 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5960 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5961 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5962 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5963 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5965 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5966 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5967 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5968 of Stanford University.
5969 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5970 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5971 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5973 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5974 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5975 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5976 Electronic Data Systems.
5977 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5978 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5979 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5980 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5981 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5982 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5983 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5984 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5985 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5986 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5987 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5988 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5989 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5990 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5991 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5992 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5993 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5994 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5995 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5996 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5997 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5999 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6000 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6001 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6002 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6003 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6004 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6006 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6007 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6008 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6011 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6012 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6013 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6014 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6015 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6016 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6018 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6019 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6020 of Technology, Stockholm.
6021 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6022 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6023 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6024 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6025 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6026 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6027 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6028 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6029 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6030 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6031 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6032 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6033 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6034 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6035 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6036 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6037 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6038 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6039 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6040 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6041 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6042 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6043 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6044 have to assume that the information is good.
6045 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6047 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6048 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6049 errors during testing.
6050 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6051 printed in the error message.
6052 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6053 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6054 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6055 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6056 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6057 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6058 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6059 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6060 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6061 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6062 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6063 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6064 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6066 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6067 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6068 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6069 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6070 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6071 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6072 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6073 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6074 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6075 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6076 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6077 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6078 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6079 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6080 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6081 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6082 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6084 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6085 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6086 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6087 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6088 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6089 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6090 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6091 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6092 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6093 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6094 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6096 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6097 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6098 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6099 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6101 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6102 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6103 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6105 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6106 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6107 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6108 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6109 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6110 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6111 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6113 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6114 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6115 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6116 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6117 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6118 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6120 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6121 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6122 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6123 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6125 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6126 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6127 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6128 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6129 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6130 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6131 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6132 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6134 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6135 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6136 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6137 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6138 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6139 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6140 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6141 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6143 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6144 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6146 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6147 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6148 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6149 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6150 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6151 changed after open".
6152 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6154 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6156 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6157 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6159 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6163 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6164 *************************************************************
6165 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6166 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6167 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6168 * continued sendmail development. *
6169 *************************************************************
6170 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6171 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6172 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6173 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6174 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6175 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6176 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6177 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6178 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6179 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6180 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6181 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6182 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6183 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6184 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6185 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6186 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6187 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6188 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6189 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6190 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6191 another database; this can be used either to expose
6192 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6193 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6194 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6195 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6196 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6197 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6198 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6199 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6201 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6202 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6203 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6204 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6205 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6206 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6207 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6208 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6209 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6210 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6211 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6212 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6213 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6214 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6215 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6216 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6217 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6218 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6219 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6220 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6221 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6222 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6223 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6224 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6225 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6226 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6227 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6228 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6229 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6230 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6231 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6232 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6233 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6234 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6236 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6237 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6239 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6240 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6241 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6242 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6243 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6244 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6245 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6246 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6247 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6248 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6249 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6251 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6252 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6253 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6254 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6255 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6256 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6257 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6258 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6259 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6260 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6261 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6262 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6263 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6265 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6266 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6268 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6269 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6270 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6271 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6272 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6273 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6274 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6275 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6276 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6277 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6279 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6280 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6281 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6283 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6284 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6285 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6286 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6287 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6288 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6289 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6290 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6291 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6293 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6294 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6296 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6297 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6298 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6299 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6300 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6301 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6302 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6303 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6304 erroneous results during a single message processing
6305 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6306 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6307 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6308 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6309 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6310 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6311 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6312 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6313 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6314 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6315 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6316 address as "may be forged".
6317 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6318 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6319 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6320 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6321 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6322 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6324 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6325 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6326 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6327 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6328 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6329 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6330 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6331 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6332 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6334 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6335 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6336 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6337 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6338 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6339 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6340 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6341 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6342 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6343 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6344 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6346 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6347 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6348 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6349 John Beck of SunSoft.
6350 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6351 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6352 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6353 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6354 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6355 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6356 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6357 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6358 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6359 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6360 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6362 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6363 on some architectures.
6365 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6366 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6367 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6368 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6369 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6371 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6372 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6373 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6374 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6375 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6376 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6377 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6378 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6379 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6380 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6381 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6382 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6383 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6384 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6385 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6387 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6389 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6390 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6392 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6393 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6394 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6395 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6397 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6398 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6399 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6400 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6401 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6402 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6403 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6404 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6405 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6406 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6407 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6408 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6409 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6410 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6411 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6412 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6413 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6414 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6415 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6416 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6417 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6418 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6419 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6420 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6421 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6422 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6423 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6424 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6425 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6426 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6427 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6428 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6429 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6430 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6431 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6432 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6433 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6434 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6436 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6437 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6438 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6439 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6440 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6441 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6442 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6443 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6445 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6446 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6447 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6448 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6449 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6450 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6451 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6452 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6453 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6454 for system accounts.
6457 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6459 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6463 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6464 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6466 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6467 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6468 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6469 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6470 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6471 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6472 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6473 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6474 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6475 University of Pennsylvania.
6476 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6477 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6478 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6479 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6480 was unnecessarily awful.
6481 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6482 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6483 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6484 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6485 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6486 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6487 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6488 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6489 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6490 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6491 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6492 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6493 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6494 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6495 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6496 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6498 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6499 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6500 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6502 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6503 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6504 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6505 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6506 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6507 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6508 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6509 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6510 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6511 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6512 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6513 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6514 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6515 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6517 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6518 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6519 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6520 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6521 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6522 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6523 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6524 The current values and defaults are:
6525 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6526 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6527 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6528 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6529 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6530 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6531 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6532 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6533 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6534 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6535 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6536 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6537 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6538 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6539 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6541 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6542 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6543 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6544 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6545 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6546 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6547 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6548 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6549 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6550 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6551 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6552 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6554 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6555 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6556 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6557 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6558 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6559 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6560 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6561 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6563 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6564 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6565 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6566 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6567 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6568 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6569 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6571 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6572 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6573 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6574 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6575 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6576 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6577 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6578 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6579 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6580 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6582 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6583 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6584 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6585 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6586 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6587 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6588 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6589 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6590 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6591 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6592 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6593 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6594 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6595 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6596 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6597 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6598 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6599 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6600 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6601 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6602 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6603 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6604 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6605 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6606 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6607 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6610 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6611 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6612 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6613 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6614 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6615 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6616 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6617 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6618 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6619 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6620 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6621 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6622 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6623 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6624 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6625 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6626 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6627 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6628 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6629 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6630 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6631 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6632 Problem noted by several people.
6633 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6634 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6635 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6637 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6638 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6639 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6640 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6641 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6642 of Best Internet Communications.
6643 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6644 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6645 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6646 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6647 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6648 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6649 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6650 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6651 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6652 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6653 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6654 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6655 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6656 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6657 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6658 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6660 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6661 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6662 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6663 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6664 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6665 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6666 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6667 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6668 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6669 of Kyoto University.
6670 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6671 conditions from Don Lewis.
6672 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6673 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6674 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6675 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6676 patch from Bryan Costales.
6678 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6679 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6680 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6681 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6682 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6683 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6684 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6685 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6686 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6687 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6688 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6690 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6692 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6693 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6694 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6695 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6696 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6697 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6698 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6699 than one long one. By popular demand.
6700 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6701 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6702 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6703 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6704 of NTT Software Corporation.
6705 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6709 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6710 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6711 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6712 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6713 best-of-security list.
6714 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6715 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6716 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6718 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6719 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6720 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6721 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6722 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6723 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6724 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6725 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6726 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6727 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6728 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6729 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6730 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6731 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6732 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6733 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6734 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6735 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6736 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6738 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6739 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6740 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6741 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6742 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6743 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6745 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6746 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6747 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6748 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6749 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6750 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6751 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6752 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6753 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6754 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6755 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6756 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6757 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6758 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6759 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6760 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6761 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6762 University of Linkoping.
6763 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6764 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6765 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6766 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6767 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6768 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6769 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6771 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6772 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6773 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6774 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6775 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6776 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6777 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6779 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6780 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6781 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6782 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6783 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6784 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6785 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6786 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6787 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6788 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6789 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6790 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6791 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6792 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6793 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6794 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6795 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6796 Earickson of Colby College.
6797 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6798 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6799 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6801 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6802 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6803 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6804 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6805 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6806 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6807 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6808 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6809 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6810 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6811 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6812 University of Washington, Seattle.
6813 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6814 Polytechnic Institute.
6815 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6816 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6818 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6820 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6822 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6823 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6824 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6826 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6827 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6828 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6829 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6830 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6833 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6834 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6835 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6836 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6837 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6838 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6839 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6840 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6842 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6843 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6845 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6846 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6847 on illegal host names.
6848 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6849 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6850 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6851 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6852 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6853 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6854 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6855 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6856 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6857 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6858 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6859 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6860 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6861 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6862 University of Leicester.
6863 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6864 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6865 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6866 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6867 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6868 University of Washington.
6870 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6871 people pointed this out.
6872 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6873 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6874 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6875 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6876 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6877 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6878 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6879 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6881 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6882 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6883 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6884 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6886 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6887 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6888 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6889 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6890 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6891 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6892 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6893 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6894 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6895 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6896 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6897 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6898 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6899 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6901 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6902 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6903 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6904 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6905 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6906 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6907 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6908 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6909 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6910 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6911 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6912 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6913 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6914 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6915 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6916 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6917 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6918 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6920 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6921 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6923 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6924 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6925 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6926 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6927 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6928 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6929 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6930 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6931 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6932 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6933 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6934 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6935 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6937 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6938 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6939 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6940 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6941 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6942 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6943 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6944 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6945 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6946 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6947 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6948 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6949 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6950 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6951 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6952 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6953 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6954 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6955 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6957 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6958 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6960 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6961 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6962 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6963 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6964 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6965 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6966 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6967 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6968 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6969 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6970 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6971 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6972 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6974 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6975 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6976 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6977 University of Maryland.
6978 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6979 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6980 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6981 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6982 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6983 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6984 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6985 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6986 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6987 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6988 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6989 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6990 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6991 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6992 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6993 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6994 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6995 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6996 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6997 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6999 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7000 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7001 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7002 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7003 is for incoming connections only.
7004 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7005 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7006 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7007 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7008 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7009 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7010 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7011 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7012 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7013 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7014 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7015 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7016 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7017 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7018 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7019 that take a very long time to run.
7020 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7021 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7022 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7023 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7024 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7025 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7026 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7027 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7028 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7029 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7030 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7032 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7033 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7035 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7036 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7037 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7038 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7039 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7040 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7041 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7042 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7043 different for this case.
7044 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7045 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7046 of Stanford University.
7047 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7048 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7049 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7050 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7051 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7052 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7053 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7054 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7055 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7056 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7057 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7058 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7059 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7060 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7061 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7062 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7063 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7064 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7065 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7067 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7068 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7069 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7070 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7071 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7072 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7073 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7074 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7076 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7077 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7079 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7080 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7081 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7082 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7083 either of these in their configuration file.
7084 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7085 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7086 St. Peter's College.
7087 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7088 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7089 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7090 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7091 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7092 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7093 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7094 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7095 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7097 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7098 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7099 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7100 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7101 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7102 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7103 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7104 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7105 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7106 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7108 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7109 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7110 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7111 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7112 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7113 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7114 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7115 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7116 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7117 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7118 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7120 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7121 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7122 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7123 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7124 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7126 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7127 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7128 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7129 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7130 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7131 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7132 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7133 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7134 two characters $, +.
7135 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7137 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7138 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7139 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7141 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7142 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7144 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7145 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7146 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7147 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7148 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7149 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7150 Computing Corporation.
7151 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7152 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7153 Internet Communications.
7154 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7155 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7156 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7158 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7159 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7160 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7161 of the University of Iceland.
7162 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7163 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7164 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7165 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7166 this change is a no-op.
7167 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7169 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7171 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7172 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7173 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7174 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7175 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7176 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7177 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7178 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7179 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7180 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7181 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7182 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7183 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7185 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7186 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7187 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7188 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7189 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7190 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7191 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7192 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7193 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7194 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7195 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7196 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7197 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7198 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7199 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7200 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7201 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7202 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7203 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7204 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7205 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7206 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7207 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7208 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7209 of Stanford University.
7210 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7211 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7212 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7213 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7214 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7215 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7216 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7217 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7218 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7219 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7220 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7221 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7222 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7223 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7225 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7226 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7227 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7228 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7229 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7230 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7231 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7232 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7233 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7234 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7235 value is ".hoststat".
7236 There are also two new operation modes:
7237 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7239 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7240 recent status information.
7241 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7242 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7243 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7244 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7245 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7246 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7247 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7248 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7249 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7250 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7251 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7252 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7253 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7254 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7255 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7256 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7257 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7258 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7260 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7261 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7262 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7263 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7264 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7265 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7266 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7267 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7268 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7269 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7270 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7272 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7273 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7274 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7275 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7276 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7277 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7278 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7279 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7280 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7281 of Washington, Seattle.
7282 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7283 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7284 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7285 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7286 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7287 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7288 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7289 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7290 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7292 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7293 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7294 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7295 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7296 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7297 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7298 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7299 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7300 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7302 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7303 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7304 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7305 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7306 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7307 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7308 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7309 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7310 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7311 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7312 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7313 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7314 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7315 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7316 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7317 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7319 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7320 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7321 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7322 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7323 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7324 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7325 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7326 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7327 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7328 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7329 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7330 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7331 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7332 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7333 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7334 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7335 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7336 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7337 National University of Singapore.
7338 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7339 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7340 system can't cope with.
7342 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7343 Atlas International.
7344 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7346 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7347 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7348 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7349 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7350 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7351 Bernstein and Associates.
7352 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7353 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7354 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7355 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7356 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7357 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7358 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7359 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7360 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7361 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7362 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7363 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7364 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7365 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7366 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7367 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7369 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7370 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7371 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7372 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7373 Employment Standards Administration.
7374 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7375 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7377 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7378 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7379 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7380 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7381 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7382 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7383 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7384 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7385 of the University of Arizona.
7386 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7387 Vanderbilt University.
7388 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7389 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7390 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7391 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7392 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7393 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7394 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7395 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7396 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7398 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7399 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7400 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7401 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7403 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7404 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7405 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7406 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7407 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7408 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7409 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7410 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7411 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7412 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7413 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7414 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7415 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7416 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7417 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7418 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7419 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7420 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7421 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7422 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7423 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7424 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7425 info@foo.com foo-info
7426 info@bar.com bar-info
7427 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7428 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7429 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7430 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7431 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7432 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7433 a great many people.
7434 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7435 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7436 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7438 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7439 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7440 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7441 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7442 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7443 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7444 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7445 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7446 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7447 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7448 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7449 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7450 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7451 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7452 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7453 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7454 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7455 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7456 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7458 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7459 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7460 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7461 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7462 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7463 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7464 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7465 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7466 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7467 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7468 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7469 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7470 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7471 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7473 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7474 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7475 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7476 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7478 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7479 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7480 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7481 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7482 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7483 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7484 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7485 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7486 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7487 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7488 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7489 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7490 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7491 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7493 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7494 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7495 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7496 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7498 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7499 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7500 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7501 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7502 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7503 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7504 mailstats/mailstats.8
7505 praliases/praliases.8
7506 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7507 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7508 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7509 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7510 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7514 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7516 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7518 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7522 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7523 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7524 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7525 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7526 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7528 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7529 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7530 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7531 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7532 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7533 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7534 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7535 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7536 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7538 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7539 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7540 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7541 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7542 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7543 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7546 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7547 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7548 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7549 any user (except root).
7550 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7551 version number is unchanged.
7553 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7554 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7555 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7556 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7557 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7558 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7559 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7560 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7561 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7564 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7565 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7566 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7567 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7568 Stanford University.
7569 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7570 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7572 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7573 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7574 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7575 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7576 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7577 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7578 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7579 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7580 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7581 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7582 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7583 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7584 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7586 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7587 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7588 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7589 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7590 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7591 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7592 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7593 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7594 bounces when it should have requeued.
7595 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7596 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7597 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7598 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7599 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7600 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7601 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7602 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7603 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7604 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7605 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7607 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7608 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7609 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7610 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7611 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7612 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7613 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7614 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7615 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7616 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7617 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7618 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7619 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7620 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7622 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7623 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7624 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7625 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7626 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7627 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7628 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7629 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7630 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7631 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7632 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7633 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7634 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7636 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7637 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7638 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7639 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7640 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7641 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7642 Technological University.
7643 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7644 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7645 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7646 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7647 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7648 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7649 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7650 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7651 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7652 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7653 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7655 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7656 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7657 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7658 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7659 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7661 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7662 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7663 Association for Progressive Communications.
7664 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7665 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7666 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7667 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7668 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7669 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7670 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7672 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7673 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7674 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7675 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7676 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7677 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7678 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7679 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7680 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7681 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7683 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7684 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7685 James B. Davis of TCI.
7686 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7687 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7688 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7689 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7690 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7691 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7692 isn't supported on all compilers.
7693 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7694 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7695 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7696 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7697 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7698 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7699 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7701 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7702 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7703 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7704 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7705 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7706 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7707 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7708 for different files.
7709 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7710 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7711 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7712 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7713 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7716 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7717 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7718 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7719 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7720 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7721 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7722 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7723 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7724 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7725 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7726 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7727 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7728 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7729 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7730 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7731 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7732 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7733 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7734 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7735 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7736 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7737 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7738 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7739 results. This could have security implications.
7740 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7741 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7742 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7743 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7744 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7745 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7746 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7748 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7749 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7750 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7751 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7752 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7753 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7754 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7755 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7756 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7757 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7758 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7759 domain names are your friends.
7760 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7761 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7762 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7763 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7764 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7765 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7766 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7767 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7769 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7770 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7771 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7772 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7775 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7776 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7777 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7778 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7779 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7780 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7781 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7782 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7783 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7784 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7785 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7786 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7787 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7788 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7789 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7790 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7791 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7792 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7793 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7794 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7795 Infobiogen (France).
7797 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7798 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7802 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7803 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7804 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7805 Global Communications.
7806 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7807 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7808 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7809 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7810 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7811 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7812 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7813 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7814 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7816 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7817 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7818 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7819 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7820 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7821 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7822 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7823 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7824 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7826 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7827 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7828 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7829 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7830 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7831 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7832 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7833 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7834 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7835 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7836 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7837 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7838 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7839 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7840 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7841 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7842 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7843 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7844 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7845 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7846 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7847 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7848 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7849 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7850 Swarthmore University.
7851 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7852 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7853 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7854 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7856 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7857 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7859 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7860 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7861 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7862 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7863 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7864 and the parsed address.
7865 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7866 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7867 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7868 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7869 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7870 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7872 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7874 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7875 `mapname' and return the result.
7876 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7877 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7878 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7879 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7880 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7881 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7882 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7884 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7885 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7886 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7887 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7888 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7889 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7890 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7891 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7892 of Michigan Technological University.
7893 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7894 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7895 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7896 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7897 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7898 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7899 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7901 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7902 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7903 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7904 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7905 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7906 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7907 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7908 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7909 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7910 should have minimal impact on external function.
7911 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7912 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7914 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7920 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7921 C CheckpointInterval
7923 D AutoRebuildAliases
7936 k ConnectionCacheSize
7937 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7964 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7965 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7966 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7969 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7970 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7971 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7972 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7973 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7974 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7975 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7976 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7977 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7978 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7979 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7980 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7981 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7982 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7983 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7984 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7985 A Addresses are aliasable.
7986 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7987 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7988 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7989 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7990 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7991 recipient mailer flags.
7992 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7993 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7995 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7996 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7997 : Check for :include: on this address.
7998 | Check for |program on this address.
7999 / Check for /file on this address.
8000 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8001 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8002 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8003 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8004 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8005 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8006 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8007 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8008 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8009 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8010 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8011 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8012 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8013 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8014 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8015 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8016 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8017 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8018 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8019 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8020 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8021 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8022 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8023 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8024 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8025 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8026 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8027 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8028 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8030 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8032 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8033 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8034 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8035 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8036 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8037 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8038 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8039 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8040 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8041 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8042 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8043 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8044 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8045 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8046 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8047 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8048 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8049 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8050 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8051 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8052 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8053 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8054 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8055 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8056 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8057 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8058 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8059 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8061 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8062 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8063 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8064 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8065 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8066 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8067 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8068 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8069 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8070 from Chip Rosenthal.
8071 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8074 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8075 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8076 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8077 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8078 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8079 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8080 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8081 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8082 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8083 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8084 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8085 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8086 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8087 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8088 contribution was to make it configurable).
8089 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8090 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8091 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8092 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8093 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8094 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8095 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8096 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8097 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8099 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8101 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8102 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8103 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8104 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8105 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8106 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8107 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8108 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8109 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8110 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8112 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8113 :include: and .forward files.
8114 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8115 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8116 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8117 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8118 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8119 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8120 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8121 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8122 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8124 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8125 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8126 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8127 Hutton of Indiana University.
8128 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8129 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8130 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8131 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8132 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8133 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8134 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8135 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8136 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8137 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8138 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8140 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8141 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8142 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8143 are from sysexits.h.
8144 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8145 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8148 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8149 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8150 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8151 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8152 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8153 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8154 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8155 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8156 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8157 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8158 Ksample switch hosts
8159 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8160 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8162 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8163 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8164 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8165 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8166 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8167 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8168 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8169 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8170 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8171 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8172 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8173 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8174 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8175 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8176 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8177 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8178 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8179 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8180 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8181 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8182 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8183 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8184 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8185 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8186 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8187 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8188 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8189 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8190 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8191 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8192 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8193 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8194 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8195 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8196 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8197 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8198 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8199 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8200 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8201 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8202 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8203 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8204 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8205 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8206 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8207 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8208 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8209 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8210 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8211 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8212 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8213 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8214 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8215 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8216 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8217 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8218 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8219 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8220 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8221 much longer than the specified timeout.
8222 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8223 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8224 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8225 denial-of-service attack.
8226 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8227 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8228 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8229 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8230 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8231 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8232 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8233 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8234 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8235 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8236 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8237 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8238 actually file lookups.
8239 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8240 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8241 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8242 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8243 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8244 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8245 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8246 support for them has been removed.
8247 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8248 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8249 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8250 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8251 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8252 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8253 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8254 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8255 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8256 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8257 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8258 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8259 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8260 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8261 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8262 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8263 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8264 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8265 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8266 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8267 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8268 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8269 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8270 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8271 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8273 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8274 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8275 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8276 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8277 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8278 option can give the network software time to establish
8279 the link. The default units are seconds.
8280 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8281 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8282 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8283 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8284 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8285 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8286 the National Computer Security Center.
8287 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8288 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8289 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8290 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8291 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8292 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8293 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8294 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8295 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8296 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8297 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8298 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8299 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8300 University Computing Service.
8301 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8302 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8303 the University of Kentucky.
8304 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8305 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8306 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8307 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8308 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8309 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8310 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8311 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8313 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8314 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8315 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8316 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8317 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8318 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8319 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8320 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8321 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8322 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8323 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8324 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8325 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8326 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8327 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8328 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8329 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8330 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8331 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8332 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8334 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8335 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8336 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8337 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8338 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8339 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8340 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8341 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8342 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8343 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8344 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8345 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8346 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8347 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8349 None Leave the message as is. The
8350 message will be passed on even
8351 though it is in technically
8353 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8354 recipients that it can find from
8355 the envelope. This risks exposing
8357 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8358 has almost no redeeming social value,
8359 and is provided only for back
8361 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8362 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8363 which will have the effect of
8364 making the message legal without
8365 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8366 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8367 There is a chance that mailers down
8368 the line will delete this header,
8369 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8371 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8372 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8373 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8374 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8375 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8376 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8377 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8378 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8379 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8380 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8381 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8382 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8383 For example, if you run with
8384 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8385 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8386 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8387 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8388 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8389 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8390 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8393 and an alias file declared as:
8394 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8395 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8396 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8397 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8398 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8399 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8400 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8402 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8403 to be simpler and more consistent.
8404 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8405 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8406 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8407 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8408 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8409 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8410 This may affect some people who have written their own
8411 checkcompat() routine.
8412 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8413 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8414 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8415 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8416 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8417 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8418 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8419 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8420 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8421 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8422 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8424 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8425 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8426 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8427 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8428 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8429 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8430 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8431 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8432 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8433 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8434 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8435 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8436 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8437 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8438 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8439 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8440 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8441 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8443 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8444 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8445 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8446 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8447 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8448 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8449 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8450 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8451 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8452 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8453 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8454 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8455 is added between the first and second word of the first
8456 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8457 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8458 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8459 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8460 old sendmails understand.
8461 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8462 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8463 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8464 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8465 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8466 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8467 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8468 data -- for example,
8469 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8470 (romanized/less information)
8471 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8472 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8473 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8474 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8475 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8476 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8477 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8478 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8479 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8480 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8481 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8482 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8483 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8484 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8485 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8486 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8487 increment on the background value).
8488 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8489 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8490 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8491 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8492 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8493 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8494 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8495 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8496 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8497 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8498 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8499 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8500 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8501 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8502 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8503 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8504 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8505 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8506 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8507 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8508 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8509 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8510 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8511 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8512 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8513 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8514 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8515 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8516 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8517 service type is "files".
8518 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8519 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8521 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8522 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8523 contributed by SunSoft.
8524 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8525 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8526 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8527 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8528 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8529 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8530 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8531 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8532 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8533 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8534 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8535 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8536 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8537 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8538 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8539 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8540 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8541 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8542 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8543 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8544 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8545 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8546 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8547 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8548 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8549 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8550 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8551 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8552 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8553 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8554 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8555 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8556 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8557 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8559 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8560 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8562 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8563 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8564 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8565 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8567 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8568 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8569 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8570 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8571 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8572 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8573 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8574 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8575 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8576 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8577 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8578 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8579 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8581 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8582 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8583 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8584 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8585 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8586 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8587 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8588 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8589 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8590 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8591 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8592 of Sun Microsystems.
8593 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8594 is at least 50% faster.
8595 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8596 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8598 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8599 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8600 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8601 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8602 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8603 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8604 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8605 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8606 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8607 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8608 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8609 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8610 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8611 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8612 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8613 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8615 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8617 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8618 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8619 Global Information Solutions.
8620 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8621 From Motonori Nakamura.
8622 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8624 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8625 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8626 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8627 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8628 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8629 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8630 James of British Telecom.
8631 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8632 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8633 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8634 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8635 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8636 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8637 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8638 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8639 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8640 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8641 a bad guy can read your private files.
8643 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8644 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8645 University. This expands the disk size
8646 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8647 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8648 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8649 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8650 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8651 Linux Makefile typo.
8652 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8653 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8654 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8656 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8657 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8658 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8659 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8660 This requires adaptation of code that really
8661 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8662 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8663 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8664 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8665 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8666 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8667 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8668 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8670 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8671 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8672 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8673 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8674 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8675 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8676 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8677 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8678 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8679 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8681 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8682 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8683 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8684 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8685 of Ohio State University.
8686 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8687 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8689 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8690 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8692 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8693 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8695 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8696 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8698 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8699 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8700 Rochester Medical Center.
8701 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8702 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8703 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8704 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8705 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8706 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8707 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8709 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8710 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8711 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8713 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8714 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8715 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8716 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8717 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8718 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8719 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8720 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8721 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8722 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8724 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8725 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8726 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8727 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8728 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8729 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8730 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8731 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8732 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8733 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8734 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8735 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8736 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8737 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8739 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8740 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8741 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8742 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8743 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8744 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8745 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8746 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8747 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8748 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8749 giving the local administrator more control over what
8750 programs can be run from sendmail.
8751 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8752 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8753 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8755 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8756 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8757 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8758 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8759 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8760 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8761 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8762 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8763 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8764 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8765 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8766 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8767 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8768 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8769 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8771 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8772 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8774 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8775 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8776 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8778 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8779 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8780 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8781 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8782 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8783 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8785 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8786 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8787 just unqualified ones.
8788 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8789 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8790 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8791 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8792 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8793 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8794 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8795 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8797 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8798 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8799 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8800 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8801 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8802 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8803 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8804 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8805 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8806 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8807 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8808 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8809 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8810 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8811 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8812 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8813 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8815 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8816 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8818 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8819 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8820 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8821 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8822 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8823 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8824 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8825 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8826 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8827 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8828 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8829 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8830 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8831 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8832 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8833 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8834 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8835 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8836 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8837 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8838 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8839 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8840 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8841 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8842 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8843 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8844 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8845 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8846 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8847 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8848 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8849 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8850 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8852 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8853 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8854 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8855 Information Systems Agency.
8856 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8857 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8858 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8859 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8860 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8861 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8862 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8863 that really can be used in the real world.
8864 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8865 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8866 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8867 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8868 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8869 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8870 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8871 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8873 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8874 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8875 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8876 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8878 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8879 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8880 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8881 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8882 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8883 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8884 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8885 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8886 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8887 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8888 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8889 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8890 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8891 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8892 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8893 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8894 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8895 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8896 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8897 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8898 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8899 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8900 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8902 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8903 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8904 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8905 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8906 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8909 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8911 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8912 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8913 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8914 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8915 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8916 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8917 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8919 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8920 cf/domain/generic.m4
8921 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8922 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8923 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8925 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8926 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8930 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8931 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8932 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8933 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8938 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8941 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8942 mail.local/mail.local.0
8948 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8949 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8950 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8951 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8952 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8953 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8954 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8955 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8956 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8957 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8958 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8959 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8960 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8961 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8962 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8963 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8964 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8965 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8966 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8974 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8975 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8976 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8977 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8978 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8979 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8980 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8981 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8982 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8983 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8984 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8985 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8986 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8987 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8988 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8989 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8990 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8991 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8992 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8993 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8994 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8999 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9001 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9002 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9003 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9004 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9005 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9006 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9007 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9010 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9011 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9012 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9013 any user (except root).
9014 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9015 version number is unchanged.
9017 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9018 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9019 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9020 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9021 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9022 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9024 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9025 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9028 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9029 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9030 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9031 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9032 message when attempted from IDENT.
9033 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9034 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9035 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9036 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9037 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9038 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9040 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9041 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9043 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9044 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9045 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9046 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9047 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9048 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9049 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9051 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9052 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9054 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9056 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9057 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9058 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9059 from Spider Boardman.
9060 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9063 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9064 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9065 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9066 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9067 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9068 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9069 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9071 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9072 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9073 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9074 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9075 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9076 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9077 University of Texas.
9078 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9079 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9080 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9081 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9082 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9083 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9085 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9086 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9087 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9088 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9089 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9090 with a lot of arguments).
9091 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9092 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9093 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9095 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9096 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9097 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9098 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9100 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9101 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9102 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9103 some of the map code.
9104 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9107 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9108 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9109 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9110 may have some security implications.
9111 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9112 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9113 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9114 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9115 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9116 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9117 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9118 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9119 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9120 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9122 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9123 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9124 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9125 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9126 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9127 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9129 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9130 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9131 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9132 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9133 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9134 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9135 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9136 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9137 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9138 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9139 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9140 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9141 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9142 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9143 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9144 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9145 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9147 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9148 message to explain how much space was available and
9149 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9150 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9151 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9152 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9153 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9154 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9155 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9156 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9157 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9159 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9160 without recompiling.
9161 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9162 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9164 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9165 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9166 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9167 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9168 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9169 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9170 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9171 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9172 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9173 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9174 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9175 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9177 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9178 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9179 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9180 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9181 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9182 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9183 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9184 size around and can never start listening to connections
9185 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9186 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9187 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9188 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9189 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9190 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9191 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9193 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9194 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9195 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9196 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9197 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9198 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9199 doc directory. This includes some additional
9201 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9202 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9203 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9204 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9205 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9206 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9207 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9209 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9210 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9211 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9212 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9213 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9214 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9215 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9216 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9218 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9219 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9220 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9221 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9224 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9225 doc/changes/Makefile
9226 doc/changes/changes.me
9227 doc/changes/changes.ps
9229 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9230 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9231 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9232 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9234 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9235 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9236 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9237 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9240 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9241 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9242 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9243 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9244 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9246 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9247 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9248 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9249 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9250 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9251 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9252 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9253 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9254 from a local user to another local user. From
9255 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9256 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9257 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9258 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9259 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9260 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9261 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9262 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9263 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9264 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9265 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9266 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9267 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9268 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9269 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9270 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9271 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9272 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9274 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9276 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9277 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9278 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9279 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9280 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9281 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9282 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9283 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9285 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9286 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9287 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9288 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9290 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9291 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9292 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9293 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9294 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9295 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9296 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9297 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9298 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9299 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9300 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9301 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9302 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9303 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9304 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9305 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9306 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9307 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9308 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9310 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9311 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9312 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9313 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9314 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9315 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9316 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9317 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9318 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9319 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9320 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9321 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9322 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9323 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9324 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9325 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9326 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9327 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9328 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9329 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9330 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9331 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9332 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9333 didn't see the class items being added.
9334 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9335 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9336 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9338 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9339 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9340 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9341 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9342 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9343 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9344 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9346 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9347 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9348 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9349 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9350 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9351 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9352 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9354 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9355 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9356 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9358 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9359 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9360 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9361 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9362 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9364 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9365 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9366 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9367 University of Washington.
9368 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9369 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9370 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9371 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9372 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9373 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9374 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9375 of Cambridge University.
9376 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9377 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9378 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9379 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9380 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9381 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9382 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9383 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9384 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9385 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9386 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9387 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9388 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9389 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9391 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9392 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9393 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9394 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9395 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9396 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9397 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9398 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9399 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9400 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9401 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9402 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9403 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9404 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9405 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9406 size for various mailers.
9407 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9408 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9409 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9410 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9411 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9412 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9413 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9414 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9415 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9417 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9418 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9419 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9420 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9421 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9422 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9423 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9424 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9425 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9426 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9427 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9428 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9429 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9430 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9431 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9432 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9433 University of Sydney.
9434 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9435 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9436 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9437 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9438 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9439 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9440 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9441 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9442 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9444 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9445 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9446 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9447 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9448 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9451 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9452 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9453 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9454 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9455 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9456 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9457 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9458 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9459 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9461 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9463 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9464 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9465 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9467 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9472 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9473 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9474 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9475 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9476 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9477 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9478 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9479 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9480 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9481 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9482 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9483 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9484 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9485 Christian Wettergren.
9486 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9487 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9488 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9489 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9490 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9491 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9492 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9493 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9494 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9495 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9496 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9497 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9498 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9499 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9500 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9501 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9502 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9503 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9504 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9505 connection to create problems on the current job.
9506 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9508 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9509 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9510 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9511 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9512 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9513 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9514 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9515 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9516 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9517 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9518 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9519 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9520 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9521 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9522 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9523 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9524 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9525 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9526 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9527 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9528 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9529 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9530 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9531 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9532 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9534 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9535 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9536 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9537 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9538 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9539 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9540 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9541 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9542 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9543 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9544 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9545 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9546 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9547 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9548 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9549 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9550 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9551 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9552 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9553 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9554 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9555 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9557 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9558 of from a clean exit.
9559 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9560 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9561 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9562 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9563 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9564 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9565 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9566 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9568 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9569 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9570 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9571 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9572 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9573 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9574 says that they should be ignored.
9575 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9576 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9577 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9578 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9580 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9581 documented in the Bat Book.
9582 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9583 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9584 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9585 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9586 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9587 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9588 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9589 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9590 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9591 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9592 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9593 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9594 of Kyoto University.
9595 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9596 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9597 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9598 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9599 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9601 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9602 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9603 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9604 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9606 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9607 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9608 illegal addresses appearing there).
9609 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9611 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9613 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9614 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9615 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9616 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9617 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9618 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9619 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9620 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9621 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9622 by the other end closing the connection. From
9623 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9624 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9625 to include a host name or other useful information.
9626 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9628 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9629 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9630 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9631 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9632 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9633 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9634 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9635 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9636 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9638 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9639 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9640 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9641 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9642 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9643 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9644 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9645 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9646 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9647 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9648 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9649 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9650 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9651 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9652 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9653 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9654 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9655 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9656 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9657 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9658 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9659 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9660 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9661 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9662 Portability fixes for:
9663 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9664 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9665 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9666 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9667 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9668 of Stoner Associates.
9669 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9670 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9671 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9673 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9674 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9675 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9676 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9677 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9679 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9681 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9682 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9683 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9684 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9685 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9686 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9687 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9688 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9689 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9690 addresses when relaying internally.
9691 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9692 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9693 provided by Peter Wemm.
9694 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9695 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9696 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9697 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9698 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9699 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9700 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9701 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9703 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9704 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9705 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9706 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9707 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9708 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9709 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9710 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9711 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9712 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9713 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9714 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9715 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9716 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9717 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9719 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9720 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9721 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9722 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9723 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9724 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9725 the local name prepended.
9726 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9727 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9728 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9729 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9730 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9731 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9732 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9733 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9734 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9735 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9736 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9737 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9738 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9739 cause some .forward files that have worked
9740 before to start failing.
9741 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9745 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9746 src/Makefile.Mach386
9753 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9755 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9757 makemap/Makefile.dist
9758 praliases/Makefile.dist
9760 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9761 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9762 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9763 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9764 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9765 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9767 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9768 in a few critical places.
9769 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9770 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9771 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9772 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9773 and High-Energy Physics.
9774 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9775 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9777 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9778 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9779 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9781 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9782 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9783 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9784 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9785 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9786 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9787 these can have different values depending on which
9788 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9789 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9790 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9791 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9792 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9793 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9795 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9796 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9797 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9798 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9799 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9801 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9802 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9803 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9804 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9805 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9806 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9808 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9809 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9810 addresses that get return-receipts.
9811 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9812 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9813 and end up sending the message several times.
9814 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9815 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9817 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9818 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9819 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9820 Cornell University Medical College.
9821 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9822 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9823 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9824 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9826 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9827 connections fail during message collection. From
9829 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9830 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9831 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9833 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9834 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9835 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9836 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9837 by non-root users were not put into
9838 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9839 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9840 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9841 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9842 could get confused as to whether a database was
9844 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9845 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9846 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9847 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9848 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9849 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9850 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9851 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9852 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9854 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9855 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9856 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9857 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9858 propagated to the queue file.
9861 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9862 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9863 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9864 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9865 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9866 header files but don't have the syscall.
9867 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9869 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9870 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9871 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9872 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9873 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9874 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9875 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9876 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9877 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9878 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9879 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9880 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9881 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9882 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9884 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9885 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9887 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9888 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9889 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9890 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9891 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9892 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9893 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9894 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9896 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9897 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9898 MX suppression will still work.
9899 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9900 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9901 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9902 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9903 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9904 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9906 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9908 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9909 trying to send the original message if the connection
9910 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9911 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9912 by John Myers of CMU.
9913 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9915 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9916 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9917 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9918 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9919 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9920 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9921 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9922 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9923 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9924 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9925 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9927 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9928 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9929 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9930 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9932 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9933 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9934 Harvey Mudd College.
9935 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9936 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9937 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9938 their full name information.
9939 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9940 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9941 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9942 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9943 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9944 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9945 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9946 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9947 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9948 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9949 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9950 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9951 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9952 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9953 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9954 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9955 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9957 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9958 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9960 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9961 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9962 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9963 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9964 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9965 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9966 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9967 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9968 that claims to be itself works properly.
9969 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9970 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9971 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9972 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9973 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9974 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9975 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9976 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9977 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9978 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9979 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9981 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9982 true address to still send to the original address
9983 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9984 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9985 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9986 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9987 more trouble than it was worth.
9988 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9989 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9990 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9991 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9992 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9993 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9994 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9996 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9997 messages don't come out with stale information.
9998 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9999 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10000 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10001 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10003 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10004 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10006 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10007 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10009 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10010 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10011 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10012 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10013 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10014 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10015 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10016 that does bulk data transfer).
10017 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10019 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10020 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10021 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10022 bogus config files that were not caught.
10023 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10024 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10025 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10026 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10027 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10028 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10029 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10030 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10031 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10032 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10033 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10034 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10035 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10036 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10037 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10038 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10039 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10040 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10041 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10042 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10044 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10045 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10046 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10047 to match regular entries.
10048 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10049 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10050 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10051 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10052 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10053 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10054 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10055 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10056 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10057 messages is the best possible.
10058 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10059 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10060 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10061 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10062 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10063 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10064 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10065 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10066 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10067 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10068 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10069 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10071 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10072 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10073 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10074 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10075 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10076 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10077 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10078 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10079 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10080 addresses in any detail.
10081 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10082 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10083 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10084 with an address such as "!foo".
10085 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10086 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10087 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10088 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10092 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10093 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10094 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10095 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10096 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10097 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10098 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10099 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10100 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10102 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10103 are no DNS records matching the name.
10104 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10105 original message was received ... from localhost".
10106 The correct original host information is now included.
10107 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10108 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10109 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10110 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10111 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10112 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10113 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10114 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10115 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10116 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10117 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10118 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10119 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10122 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10123 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10124 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10125 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10126 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10127 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10128 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10129 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10130 are really configuration errors. This option is
10131 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10133 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10134 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10135 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10136 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10137 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10139 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10140 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10141 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10142 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10143 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10144 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10145 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10146 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10147 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10148 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10149 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10150 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10152 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10153 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10154 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10156 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10157 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10158 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10159 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10160 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10161 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10162 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10163 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10164 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10165 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10166 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10167 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10168 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10169 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10170 core dumps on some machines.
10171 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10172 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10173 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10174 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10175 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10176 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10177 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10178 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10179 some true error conditions.
10180 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10181 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10182 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10183 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10184 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10185 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10186 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10187 by Motonori Nakamura.
10188 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10189 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10190 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10191 a queue run than a direct run.
10192 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10193 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10194 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10195 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10196 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10197 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10198 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10200 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10201 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10202 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10203 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10204 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10205 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10206 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10207 is appropriately functional.
10208 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10209 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10210 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10211 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10212 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10213 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10214 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10215 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10217 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10218 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10219 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10220 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10221 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10222 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10223 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10225 Portability changes:
10226 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10227 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10228 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10229 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10231 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10232 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10233 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10235 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10236 documentation apparently doesn't define
10237 __STDC__ by default).
10238 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10239 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10241 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10242 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10243 several people have made a good argument that this
10244 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10245 may prove painful in the short run).
10246 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10248 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10249 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10250 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10251 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10252 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10253 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10254 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10255 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10256 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10257 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10258 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10259 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10260 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10261 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10262 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10263 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10264 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10265 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10266 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10267 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10268 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10269 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10270 environments. Ugly as sin.
10273 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10274 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10275 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10276 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10277 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10278 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10279 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10280 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10281 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10282 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10283 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10285 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10287 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10288 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10289 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10290 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10291 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10292 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10293 for quick test cases.
10294 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10295 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10296 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10297 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10298 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10299 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10300 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10301 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10302 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10303 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10304 From Michael Corrigan.
10305 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10306 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10307 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10308 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10309 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10310 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10311 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10312 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10313 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10314 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10317 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10318 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10319 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10320 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10321 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10322 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10323 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10324 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10326 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10327 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10328 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10329 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10330 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10331 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10332 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10333 match the other flags in that file.
10334 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10335 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10336 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10337 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10338 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10339 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10340 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10341 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10342 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10343 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10344 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10345 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10346 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10347 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10348 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10349 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10350 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10351 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10352 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10353 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10354 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10355 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10356 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10357 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10358 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10359 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10361 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10362 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10363 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10364 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10365 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10366 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10367 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10368 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10369 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10370 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10371 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10372 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10373 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10374 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10375 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10376 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10377 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10378 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10379 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10380 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10381 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10383 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10384 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10385 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10387 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10388 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10389 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10390 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10391 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10392 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10393 only happen when there has been another error in the
10394 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10395 by default in conf.h.
10396 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10397 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10398 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10399 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10400 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10401 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10402 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10403 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10404 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10405 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10406 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10407 See cf/README for an example.
10408 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10409 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10410 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10411 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10412 has been requested by several people, but can break
10413 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10414 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10415 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10416 broken. Use it sparingly.
10417 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10418 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10419 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10420 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10421 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10422 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10423 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10424 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10425 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10426 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10428 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10429 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10430 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10431 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10432 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10433 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10434 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10436 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10437 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10438 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10439 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10441 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10442 Another mailertable fix....
10445 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.